# The GNU Fortran Compiler

## Short Contents

- Introduction
- 1 Introduction
- 2 GNU Fortran Command Options
- 3 Runtime: Influencing runtime behavior with environment variables
- 4 Fortran 2003 Status
- 5 Extensions
- 6 Intrinsic Procedures
- Contributing
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- GNU Free Documentation License
- Funding Free Software
- Option Index
- Keyword Index

## Table of Contents

- Introduction
- 1 Introduction
  - 1.1 About GNU Fortran
  - 1.2 GNU Fortran and GCC
  - 1.3 GNU Fortran and G77
  - 1.4 Project Status
  - 1.5 Standards
- 2 GNU Fortran Command Options
  - 2.1 Option summary
  - 2.2 Options controlling Fortran dialect
  - 2.3 Options to request or suppress errors and warnings
  - 2.4 Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran
  - 2.5 Options for directory search
  - 2.6 Influencing runtime behavior
  - 2.7 Options for code generation conventions
  - 2.8 Environment variables affecting `gfortran`
- 3 Runtime: Influencing runtime behavior with environment variables
  - 3.1 `GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT`—Unit number for standard input
  - 3.2 `GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT`—Unit number for standard output
  - 3.3 `GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT`—Unit number for standard error
  - 3.4 `GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR`—Send library output to standard error
  - 3.5 `GFORTRAN_TMPDIR`—Directory for scratch files
  - 3.6 `GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL`—Don't buffer output
  - 3.7 `GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS`—Show location for runtime errors
  - 3.8 `GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS`—Print leading + where permitted
  - 3.9 `GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL`—Default record length for new files
  - 3.10 `GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR`—Separator for list output
  - 3.11 `GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT`—Set endianness for unformatted I/O
- 4 Fortran 2003 Status
- 5 Extensions
  - 5.1 Old-style kind specifications
  - 5.2 Old-style variable initialization
  - 5.3 Extensions to namelist
  - 5.4 `X` format descriptor without count field
  - 5.5 Commas in `FORMAT` specifications
  - 5.6 Missing period in `FORMAT` specifications
  - 5.7 I/O item lists
  - 5.8 BOZ literal constants
  - 5.9 Real array indices
  - 5.10 Unary operators
  - 5.11 Implicitly convert `LOGICAL` and `INTEGER` values
  - 5.12 Hollerith constants support
  - 5.13 Cray pointers
  - 5.14 CONVERT specifier
  - 5.15 OpenMP
- 6 Intrinsic Procedures
  - 6.1 Introduction to intrinsic procedures
  - 6.2 `ABORT` — Abort the program
  - 6.3 `ABS` — Absolute value
  - 6.4 `ACCESS` — Checks file access modes
  - 6.5 `ACHAR` — Character in ASCII collating sequence
  - 6.6 `ACOS` — Arccosine function
  - 6.7 `ACOSH` — Hyperbolic arccosine function
  - 6.8 `ADJUSTL` — Left adjust a string
  - 6.9 `ADJUSTR` — Right adjust a string
  - 6.10 `AIMAG` — Imaginary part of complex number
  - 6.11 `AINT` — Truncate to a whole number
  - 6.12 `ALARM` — Execute a routine after a given delay
  - 6.13 `ALL` — All values in MASK along DIM are true
  - 6.14 `ALLOCATED` — Status of an allocatable entity
  - 6.15 `AND` — Bitwise logical AND
  - 6.16 `ANINT` — Nearest whole number
  - 6.17 `ANY` — Any value in MASK along DIM is true
  - 6.18 `ASIN` — Arcsine function
  - 6.19 `ASINH` — Hyperbolic arcsine function
  - 6.20 `ASSOCIATED` — Status of a pointer or pointer/target pair
  - 6.21 `ATAN` — Arctangent function
  - 6.22 `ATAN2` — Arctangent function
  - 6.23 `ATANH` — Hyperbolic arctangent function
  - 6.24 `BESJ0` — Bessel function of the first kind of order 0
  - 6.25 `BESJ1` — Bessel function of the first kind of order 1
  - 6.26 `BESJN` — Bessel function of the first kind
  - 6.27 `BESY0` — Bessel function of the second kind of order 0
  - 6.28 `BESY1` — Bessel function of the second kind of order 1
  - 6.29 `BESYN` — Bessel function of the second kind
  - 6.30 `BIT_SIZE` — Bit size inquiry function
  - 6.31 `BTEST` — Bit test function
  - 6.32 `CEILING` — Integer ceiling function
  - 6.33 `CHAR` — Character conversion function
  - 6.34 `CHDIR` — Change working directory
  - 6.35 `CHMOD` — Change access permissions of files
  - 6.36 `CMPLX` — Complex conversion function
  - 6.37 `COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT` — Get number of command line arguments
  - 6.38 `COMPLEX` — Complex conversion function
  - 6.39 `CONJG` — Complex conjugate function
  - 6.40 `COS` — Cosine function
  - 6.41 `COSH` — Hyperbolic cosine function
  - 6.42 `COUNT` — Count function
  - 6.43 `CPU_TIME` — CPU elapsed time in seconds
  - 6.44 `CSHIFT` — Circular shift elements of an array
  - 6.45 `CTIME` — Convert a time into a string
  - 6.46 `DATE_AND_TIME` — Date and time subroutine
  - 6.47 `DBLE` — Double conversion function
  - 6.48 `DCMPLX` — Double complex conversion function
  - 6.49 `DFLOAT` — Double conversion function
  - 6.50 `DIGITS` — Significant digits function
  - 6.51 `DIM` — Positive difference
  - 6.52 `DOT_PRODUCT` — Dot product function
  - 6.53 `DPROD` — Double product function
  - 6.54 `DREAL` — Double real part function
  - 6.55 `DTIME` — Execution time subroutine (or function)
  - 6.56 `EOSHIFT` — End-off shift elements of an array
  - 6.57 `EPSILON` — Epsilon function
  - 6.58 `ERF` — Error function
  - 6.59 `ERFC` — Error function
  - 6.60 `ETIME` — Execution time subroutine (or function)
  - 6.61 `EXIT` — Exit the program with status.
  - 6.62 `EXP` — Exponential function
  - 6.63 `EXPONENT` — Exponent function
  - 6.64 `FDATE` — Get the current time as a string
  - 6.65 `FLOAT` — Convert integer to default real
  - 6.66 `FGET` — Read a single character in stream mode from stdin
  - 6.67 `FGETC` — Read a single character in stream mode
  - 6.68 `FLOOR` — Integer floor function
  - 6.69 `FLUSH` — Flush I/O unit(s)
  - 6.70 `FNUM` — File number function
  - 6.71 `FPUT` — Write a single character in stream mode to stdout
  - 6.72 `FPUTC` — Write a single character in stream mode
  - 6.73 `FRACTION` — Fractional part of the model representation
  - 6.74 `FREE` — Frees memory
  - 6.75 `FSEEK` — Low level file positioning subroutine
  - 6.76 `FSTAT` — Get file status
  - 6.77 `FTELL` — Current stream position
  - 6.78 `GERROR` — Get last system error message
  - 6.79 `GETARG` — Get command line arguments
  - 6.80 `GET_COMMAND` — Get the entire command line
  - 6.81 `GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT` — Get command line arguments
  - 6.82 `GETCWD` — Get current working directory
  - 6.83 `GETENV` — Get an environmental variable
  - 6.84 `GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE` — Get an environmental variable
  - 6.85 `GETGID` — Group ID function
  - 6.86 `GETLOG` — Get login name
  - 6.87 `GETPID` — Process ID function
  - 6.88 `GETUID` — User ID function
  - 6.89 `GMTIME` — Convert time to GMT info
  - 6.90 `HOSTNM` — Get system host name
  - 6.91 `HUGE` — Largest number of a kind
  - 6.92 `IACHAR` — Code in ASCII collating sequence
  - 6.93 `IAND` — Bitwise logical and
  - 6.94 `IARGC` — Get the number of command line arguments
  - 6.95 `IBCLR` — Clear bit
  - 6.96 `IBITS` — Bit extraction
  - 6.97 `IBSET` — Set bit
  - 6.98 `ICHAR` — Character-to-integer conversion function
  - 6.99 `IDATE` — Get current local time subroutine (day/month/year)
  - 6.100 `IEOR` — Bitwise logical exclusive or
  - 6.101 `IERRNO` — Get the last system error number
  - 6.102 `INDEX` — Position of a substring within a string
  - 6.103 `INT` — Convert to integer type
  - 6.104 `INT2` — Convert to 16-bit integer type
  - 6.105 `INT8` — Convert to 64-bit integer type
  - 6.106 `IOR` — Bitwise logical or
  - 6.107 `IRAND` — Integer pseudo-random number
  - 6.108 `ISATTY` — Whether a unit is a terminal device.
  - 6.109 `ISHFT` — Shift bits
  - 6.110 `ISHFTC` — Shift bits circularly
  - 6.111 `ITIME` — Get current local time subroutine (hour/minutes/seconds)
  - 6.112 `KILL` — Send a signal to a process
  - 6.113 `KIND` — Kind of an entity
  - 6.114 `LBOUND` — Lower dimension bounds of an array
  - 6.115 `LEN` — Length of a character entity
  - 6.116 `LEN_TRIM` — Length of a character entity without trailing blank characters
  - 6.117 `LGE` — Lexical greater than or equal
  - 6.118 `LGT` — Lexical greater than
  - 6.119 `LINK` — Create a hard link
  - 6.120 `LLE` — Lexical less than or equal
  - 6.121 `LLT` — Lexical less than
  - 6.122 `LNBLNK` — Index of the last non-blank character in a string
  - 6.123 `LOC` — Returns the address of a variable
  - 6.124 `LOG` — Logarithm function
  - 6.125 `LOG10` — Base 10 logarithm function
  - 6.126 `LOGICAL` — Convert to logical type
  - 6.127 `LONG` — Convert to integer type
  - 6.128 `LSHIFT` — Left shift bits
  - 6.129 `LSTAT` — Get file status
  - 6.130 `LTIME` — Convert time to local time info
  - 6.131 `MALLOC` — Allocate dynamic memory
  - 6.132 `MATMUL` — matrix multiplication
  - 6.133 `MAX` — Maximum value of an argument list
  - 6.134 `MAXEXPONENT` — Maximum exponent of a real kind
  - 6.135 `MAXLOC` — Location of the maximum value within an array
  - 6.136 `MAXVAL` — Maximum value of an array
  - 6.137 `MCLOCK` — Time function
  - 6.138 `MCLOCK8` — Time function (64-bit)
  - 6.139 `MERGE` — Merge variables
  - 6.140 `MIN` — Minimum value of an argument list
  - 6.141 `MINEXPONENT` — Minimum exponent of a real kind
  - 6.142 `MINLOC` — Location of the minimum value within an array
  - 6.143 `MINVAL` — Minimum value of an array
  - 6.144 `MOD` — Remainder function
  - 6.145 `MODULO` — Modulo function
  - 6.146 `MOVE_ALLOC` — Move allocation from one object to another
  - 6.147 `MVBITS` — Move bits from one integer to another
  - 6.148 `NEAREST` — Nearest representable number
  - 6.149 `NEW_LINE` — New line character
  - 6.150 `NINT` — Nearest whole number
  - 6.151 `NOT` — Logical negation
  - 6.152 `NULL` — Function that returns an disassociated pointer
  - 6.153 `OR` — Bitwise logical OR
  - 6.154 `PACK` — Pack an array into an array of rank one
  - 6.155 `PERROR` — Print system error message
  - 6.156 `PRECISION` — Decimal precision of a real kind
  - 6.157 `PRESENT` — Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specified
  - 6.158 `PRODUCT` — Product of array elements
  - 6.159 `RADIX` — Base of a model number
  - 6.160 `RAN` — Real pseudo-random number
  - 6.161 `RAND` — Real pseudo-random number
  - 6.162 `RANDOM_NUMBER` — Pseudo-random number
  - 6.163 `RANDOM_SEED` — Initialize a pseudo-random number sequence
  - 6.164 `RANGE` — Decimal exponent range of a real kind
  - 6.165 `REAL` — Convert to real type
  - 6.166 `RENAME` — Rename a file
  - 6.167 `REPEAT` — Repeated string concatenation
  - 6.168 `RESHAPE` — Function to reshape an array
  - 6.169 `RRSPACING` — Reciprocal of the relative spacing
  - 6.170 `RSHIFT` — Right shift bits
  - 6.171 `SCALE` — Scale a real value
  - 6.172 `SCAN` — Scan a string for the presence of a set of characters
  - 6.173 `SECNDS` — Time function
  - 6.174 `SECOND` — CPU time function
  - 6.175 `SELECTED_INT_KIND` — Choose integer kind
  - 6.176 `SELECTED_REAL_KIND` — Choose real kind
  - 6.177 `SET_EXPONENT` — Set the exponent of the model
  - 6.178 `SHAPE` — Determine the shape of an array
  - 6.179 `SIGN` — Sign copying function
  - 6.180 `SIGNAL` — Signal handling subroutine (or function)
  - 6.181 `SIN` — Sine function
  - 6.182 `SINH` — Hyperbolic sine function
  - 6.183 `SIZE` — Determine the size of an array
  - 6.184 `SLEEP` — Sleep for the specified number of seconds
  - 6.185 `SNGL` — Convert double precision real to default real
  - 6.186 `SPACING` — Smallest distance between two numbers of a given type
  - 6.187 `SPREAD` — Add a dimension to an array
  - 6.188 `SQRT` — Square-root function
  - 6.189 `SRAND` — Reinitialize the random number generator
  - 6.190 `STAT` — Get file status
  - 6.191 `SUM` — Sum of array elements
  - 6.192 `SYMLNK` — Create a symbolic link
  - 6.193 `SYSTEM` — Execute a shell command
  - 6.194 `SYSTEM_CLOCK` — Time function
  - 6.195 `TAN` — Tangent function
  - 6.196 `TANH` — Hyperbolic tangent function
  - 6.197 `TIME` — Time function
  - 6.198 `TIME8` — Time function (64-bit)
  - 6.199 `TINY` — Smallest positive number of a real kind
  - 6.200 `TRANSFER` — Transfer bit patterns
  - 6.201 `TRANSPOSE` — Transpose an array of rank two
  - 6.202 `TRIM` — Remove trailing blank characters of a string
  - 6.203 `TTYNAM` — Get the name of a terminal device.
  - 6.204 `UBOUND` — Upper dimension bounds of an array
  - 6.205 `UMASK` — Set the file creation mask
  - 6.206 `UNLINK` — Remove a file from the file system
  - 6.207 `UNPACK` — Unpack an array of rank one into an array
  - 6.208 `VERIFY` — Scan a string for the absence of a set of characters
  - 6.209 `XOR` — Bitwise logical exclusive OR
- Contributing
  - Contributors to GNU Fortran
  - Projects
  - Proposed Extensions
    - Compiler extensions:
    - Environment Options
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
  - Preamble
  - Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
- GNU Free Documentation License
  - ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
- Funding Free Software
- Option Index
- Keyword Index

Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)

## Introduction

This manual documents the use of `gfortran`, the GNU Fortran compiler. You can find in this manual how to invoke `gfortran`, as well as its features and incompatibilities.

Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran

Part II: Language Reference

Next: Invoking GNU Fortran, Previous: Top, Up: Top

## 1 Introduction

The GNU Fortran compiler front end was designed initially as a free replacement for, or alternative to, the unix `f95` command; `gfortran` is the command you'll use to invoke the compiler.

Next: GNU Fortran and GCC, Up: Introduction

### 1.1 About GNU Fortran

The GNU Fortran compiler is still in an early state of development. It can generate code for most constructs and expressions, but much work remains to be done.

When the GNU Fortran compiler is finished, it will do everything you expect from any decent compiler:

- Read a user's program, stored in a file and containing instructions written in Fortran 77, Fortran 90, Fortran 95 or Fortran 2003. This file contains source code.
- Translate the user's program into instructions a computer can carry out more quickly than it takes to translate the instructions in the first place. The result after compilation of a program is machine code, code designed to be efficiently translated and processed by a machine such as your computer. Humans usually aren't as good writing machine code as they are at writing Fortran (or C++, Ada, or Java), because is easy to make tiny mistakes writing machine code.
- Provide the user with information about the reasons why the compiler is unable to create a binary from the source code. Usually this will be the case if the source code is flawed. When writing Fortran, it is easy to make big mistakes. The Fortran 90 requires that the compiler can point out mistakes to the user. An incorrect usage of the language causes an error message.

  The compiler will also attempt to diagnose cases where the user's program contains a correct usage of the language, but instructs the computer to do something questionable. This kind of diagnostics message is called a warning message.

- Provide optional information about the translation passes from the source code to machine code. This can help a user of the compiler to find the cause of certain bugs which may not be obvious in the source code, but may be more easily found at a lower level compiler output. It also helps developers to find bugs in the compiler itself.
- Provide information in the generated machine code that can make it easier to find bugs in the program (using a debugging tool, called a debugger, such as the GNU Debugger `gdb`).
- Locate and gather machine code already generated to perform actions requested by statements in the user's program. This machine code is organized into modules and is located and linked to the user program.

The GNU Fortran compiler consists of several components:

- A version of the `gcc` command (which also might be installed as the system's `cc` command) that also understands and accepts Fortran source code. The `gcc` command is the driver program for all the languages in the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC); With `gcc`, you can compile the source code of any language for which a front end is available in GCC.
- The `gfortran` command itself, which also might be installed as the system's `f95` command. `gfortran` is just another driver program, but specifically for the Fortran compiler only. The difference with `gcc` is that `gfortran` will automatically link the correct libraries to your program.
- A collection of run-time libraries. These libraries contain the machine code needed to support capabilities of the Fortran language that are not directly provided by the machine code generated by the `gfortran` compilation phase, such as intrinsic functions and subroutines, and routines for interaction with files and the operating system.
- The Fortran compiler itself, (`f951`). This is the GNU Fortran parser and code generator, linked to and interfaced with the GCC backend library. `f951` “translates” the source code to assembler code. You would typically not use this program directly; instead, the `gcc` or `gfortran` driver programs will call it for you.

Next: GNU Fortran and G77, Previous: About GNU Fortran, Up: Introduction

### 1.2 GNU Fortran and GCC

GNU Fortran is a part of GCC, the GNU Compiler Collection. GCC consists of a collection of front ends for various languages, which translate the source code into a language-independent form called GENERIC. This is then processed by a common middle end which provides optimization, and then passed to one of a collection of back ends which generate code for different computer architectures and operating systems.

Functionally, this is implemented with a driver program (`gcc`) which provides the command-line interface for the compiler. It calls the relevant compiler front-end program (e.g., `f951` for Fortran) for each file in the source code, and then calls the assembler and linker as appropriate to produce the compiled output. In a copy of GCC which has been compiled with Fortran language support enabled, `gcc` will recognize files with `.f`, `.f90`, `.f95`, and `.f03` extensions as Fortran source code, and compile it accordingly. A `gfortran` driver program is also provided, which is identical to `gcc` except that it automatically links the Fortran runtime libraries into the compiled program.

This manual specifically documents the Fortran front end, which handles the programming language's syntax and semantics. The aspects of GCC which relate to the optimization passes and the back-end code generation are documented in the GCC manual; see Introduction. The two manuals together provide a complete reference for the GNU Fortran compiler.

Next: Project Status, Previous: GNU Fortran and GCC, Up: Introduction

### 1.3 GNU Fortran and G77

The GNU Fortran compiler is the successor to `g77`, the Fortran 77 front end included in GCC prior to version 4. It is an entirely new program that has been designed to provide Fortran 95 support and extensibility for future Fortran language standards, as well as providing backwards compatibility for Fortran 77 and nearly all of the GNU language extensions supported by `g77`.

Next: Standards, Previous: GNU Fortran and G77, Up: Introduction

### 1.4 Project Status

> As soon as `gfortran` can parse all of the statements correctly, it will be in the “larva” state. When we generate code, the “puppa” state. When `gfortran` is done, we'll see if it will be a beautiful butterfly, or just a big bug....

> –Andy Vaught, April 2000

The start of the GNU Fortran 95 project was announced on the GCC homepage in March 18, 2000 (even though Andy had already been working on it for a while, of course).

The GNU Fortran compiler is able to compile nearly all standard-compliant Fortran 95, Fortran 90, and Fortran 77 programs, including a number of standard and non-standard extensions, and can be used on real-world programs. In particular, the supported extensions include OpenMP, Cray-style pointers, and several Fortran 2003 features such as enumeration, stream I/O, and some of the enhancements to allocatable array support from TR 15581. However, it is still under development and has a few remaining rough edges.

At present, the GNU Fortran compiler passes the NIST Fortran 77 Test Suite, and produces acceptable results on the LAPACK Test Suite. It also provides respectable performance on the Polyhedron Fortran compiler benchmarks and the Livermore Fortran Kernels test. It has been used to compile a number of large real-world programs, including the HIRLAM weather-forecasting code and the Tonto quantum chemistry package; see http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/GfortranApps for an extended list.

Among other things, the GNU Fortran compiler is intended as a replacement for G77. At this point, nearly all programs that could be compiled with G77 can be compiled with GNU Fortran, although there are a few minor known regressions.

The primary work remaining to be done on GNU Fortran falls into three categories: bug fixing (primarily regarding the treatment of invalid code and providing useful error messages), improving the compiler optimizations and the performance of compiled code, and extending the compiler to support future standards—in particular, Fortran 2003.

Previous: Project Status, Up: Introduction

### 1.5 Standards

The GNU Fortran compiler implements ISO/IEC 1539:1997 (Fortran 95). As such, it can also compile essentially all standard-compliant Fortran 90 and Fortran 77 programs. It also supports the ISO/IEC TR-15581 enhancements to allocatable arrays, and the OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5 specification.

In the future, the GNU Fortran compiler may also support other standard variants of and extensions to the Fortran language. These include ISO/IEC 1539-1:2004 (Fortran 2003).

Next: Runtime, Previous: Introduction, Up: Top

## 2 GNU Fortran Command Options

The `gfortran` command supports all the options supported by the `gcc` command. Only options specific to GNU Fortran are documented here.

See GCC Command Options, for information on the non-Fortran-specific aspects of the `gcc` command (and, therefore, the `gfortran` command).

All GCC and GNU Fortran options are accepted both by `gfortran` and by `gcc` (as well as any other drivers built at the same time, such as `g++`), since adding GNU Fortran to the GCC distribution enables acceptance of GNU Fortran options by all of the relevant drivers.

In some cases, options have positive and negative forms; the negative form of `-ffoo` would be `-fno-foo`. This manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.

Next: Fortran Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.1 Option summary

Here is a summary of all the options specific to GNU Fortran, grouped by type. Explanations are in the following sections.

Fortran Language Options
  See Options controlling Fortran dialect.

                -fall-intrinsics  -ffree-form  -fno-fixed-form
                -fdollar-ok  -fimplicit-none  -fmax-identifier-length
                -std=std -fd-lines-as-code  -fd-lines-as-comments
                -ffixed-line-length-n  -ffixed-line-length-none
                -ffree-line-length-n  -ffree-line-length-none
                -fdefault-double-8  -fdefault-integer-8  -fdefault-real-8
                -fcray-pointer  -fopenmp  -frange-check -fno-backslash

Error and Warning Options
  See Options to request or suppress errors and warnings.

                -fmax-errors=n
                -fsyntax-only  -pedantic  -pedantic-errors
                -Wall  -Waliasing  -Wampersand  -Wcharacter-truncation  -Wconversion
                -Wimplicit-interface  -Wline-truncation  -Wnonstd-intrinsics  -Wsurprising
                -Wno-tabs  -Wunderflow

Debugging Options
  See Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran.

                -fdump-parse-tree  -ffpe-trap=list

Directory Options
  See Options for directory search.

                -Idir  -Jdir  -Mdir

Runtime Options
  See Options for influencing runtime behavior.

                -fconvert=conversion  -frecord-marker=length
                -fmax-subrecord-length=length

Code Generation Options
  See Options for code generation conventions.

                -fno-automatic  -ff2c  -fno-underscoring
                -fsecond-underscore
                -fbounds-check  -fmax-stack-var-size=n
                -fpack-derived  -frepack-arrays  -fshort-enums

Next: Error and Warning Options, Previous: Option Summary, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.2 Options controlling Fortran dialect

The following options control the details of the Fortran dialect accepted by the compiler:

`-ffree-form`
`-ffixed-form`
  Specify the layout used by the source file. The free form layout was introduced in Fortran 90. Fixed form was traditionally used in older Fortran programs. When neither option is specified, the source form is determined by the file extension.
`-fall-intrinsics`
  Accept all of the intrinsic procedures provided in libgfortran without regard to the setting of `-std`. In particular, this option can be quite useful with `-std=f95`. Additionally, `gfortran` will ignore `-Wnonstd-intrinsics`.
`-fd-lines-as-code`
`-fd-lines-as-comments`
  Enable special treatment for lines beginning with `d` or `D` in fixed form sources. If the `-fd-lines-as-code` option is given they are treated as if the first column contained a blank. If the `-fd-lines-as-comments` option is given, they are treated as comment lines.
`-fdefault-double-8`
  Set the `DOUBLE PRECISION` type to an 8 byte wide type.
`-fdefault-integer-8`
  Set the default integer and logical types to an 8 byte wide type. Do nothing if this is already the default.
`-fdefault-real-8`
  Set the default real type to an 8 byte wide type. Do nothing if this is already the default.
`-fdollar-ok`
  Allow ‘`$`’ as a valid character in a symbol name.
`-fno-backslash`
  Change the interpretation of backslashes in string literals from “C-style” escape characters to a single backslash character.
`-ffixed-line-length-`n
  Set column after which characters are ignored in typical fixed-form lines in the source file, and through which spaces are assumed (as if padded to that length) after the ends of short fixed-form lines.

  Popular values for n include 72 (the standard and the default), 80 (card image), and 132 (corresponding to “extended-source” options in some popular compilers). n may also be ‘`none`’, meaning that the entire line is meaningful and that continued character constants never have implicit spaces appended to them to fill out the line. `-ffixed-line-length-0` means the same thing as `-ffixed-line-length-none`.

`-ffree-line-length-`n
  Set column after which characters are ignored in typical free-form lines in the source file. The default value is 132. n may be ‘`none`’, meaning that the entire line is meaningful. `-ffree-line-length-0` means the same thing as `-ffree-line-length-none`.
`-fmax-identifier-length=`n
  Specify the maximum allowed identifier length. Typical values are 31 (Fortran 95) and 63 (Fortran 2003).
`-fimplicit-none`
  Specify that no implicit typing is allowed, unless overridden by explicit `IMPLICIT` statements. This is the equivalent of adding `implicit none` to the start of every procedure.
`-fcray-pointer`
  Enable the Cray pointer extension, which provides C-like pointer functionality.
`-fopenmp`
  Enable the OpenMP extensions. This includes OpenMP `!$omp` directives in free form and `c$omp`, `*$omp` and `!$omp` directives in fixed form, `!$` conditional compilation sentinels in free form and `c$`, `*$` and `!$` sentinels in fixed form, and when linking arranges for the OpenMP runtime library to be linked in.
`-frange-check`
  Enable range checking on results of simplification of constant expressions during compilation. For example, by default, GNU Fortran will give an overflow error at compile time when simplifying `a = EXP(1000)`. With `-fno-range-check`, no error will be given and the variable `a` will be assigned the value `+Infinity`. Similarly, `DATA i/Z'FFFFFFFF'/` will result in an integer overflow on most systems, but with `-fno-range-check` the value will “wrap around” and `i` will be initialized to -1 instead.
`-std=`std
  Specify the standard to which the program is expected to conform, which may be one of ‘`f95`’, ‘`f2003`’, ‘`gnu`’, or ‘`legacy`’. The default value for std is ‘`gnu`’, which specifies a superset of the Fortran 95 standard that includes all of the extensions supported by GNU Fortran, although warnings will be given for obsolete extensions not recommended for use in new code. The ‘`legacy`’ value is equivalent but without the warnings for obsolete extensions, and may be useful for old non-standard programs. The ‘`f95`’ and ‘`f2003`’ values specify strict conformance to the Fortran 95 and Fortran 2003 standards, respectively; errors are given for all extensions beyond the relevant language standard, and warnings are given for the Fortran 77 features that are permitted but obsolescent in later standards.

Next: Debugging Options, Previous: Fortran Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.3 Options to request or suppress errors and warnings

Errors are diagnostic messages that report that the GNU Fortran compiler cannot compile the relevant piece of source code. The compiler will continue to process the program in an attempt to report further errors to aid in debugging, but will not produce any compiled output.

Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there is likely to be a bug in the program. Unless `-Werror` is specified, they do not prevent compilation of the program.

You can request many specific warnings with options beginning `-W`, for example `-Wimplicit` to request warnings on implicit declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a negative form beginning `-Wno-` to turn off warnings; for example, `-Wno-implicit`. This manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default.

These options control the amount and kinds of errors and warnings produced by GNU Fortran:

`-fmax-errors-`n
  Limits the maximum number of error messages to n, at which point GNU Fortran bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If n is 0, there is no limit on the number of error messages produced.
`-fsyntax-only`
  Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
`-pedantic`
  Issue warnings for uses of extensions to Fortran 95. `-pedantic` also applies to C-language constructs where they occur in GNU Fortran source files, such as use of ‘`\e`’ in a character constant within a directive like `#include`.

  Valid Fortran 95 programs should compile properly with or without this option. However, without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional Fortran features are supported as well. With this option, many of them are rejected.

  Some users try to use `-pedantic` to check programs for conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want—it finds some nonstandard practices, but not all. However, improvements to GNU Fortran in this area are welcome.

  This should be used in conjunction with `-std=f95` or `-std=f2003`.

`-pedantic-errors`
  Like `-pedantic`, except that errors are produced rather than warnings.
`-Wall`
  Enables commonly used warning options pertaining to usage that we recommend avoiding and that we believe are easy to avoid. This currently includes `-Waliasing`, `-Wampersand`, `-Wsurprising`, `-Wnonstd-intrinsics`, `-Wno-tabs`, and `-Wline-truncation`.
`-Waliasing`
  Warn about possible aliasing of dummy arguments. Specifically, it warns if the same actual argument is associated with a dummy argument with `INTENT(IN)` and a dummy argument with `INTENT(OUT)` in a call with an explicit interface.

  The following example will trigger the warning.

                  interface
                    subroutine bar(a,b)
                      integer, intent(in) :: a
                      integer, intent(out) :: b
                    end subroutine
                  end interface
                  integer :: a

                  call bar(a,a)

`-Wampersand`
  Warn about missing ampersand in continued character constants. The warning is given with `-Wampersand`, `-pedantic`, `-std=f95`, and `-std=f2003`. Note: With no ampersand given in a continued character constant, GNU Fortran assumes continuation at the first non-comment, non-whitespace character after the ampersand that initiated the continuation.
`-Wcharacter-truncation`
  Warn when a character assignment will truncate the assigned string.
`-Wconversion`
  Warn about implicit conversions between different types.
`-Wimplicit-interface`
  Warn if a procedure is called without an explicit interface. Note this only checks that an explicit interface is present. It does not check that the declared interfaces are consistent across program units.
`-Wnonstd-intrinsics`
  Warn if the user tries to use an intrinsic that does not belong to the standard the user has chosen via the `-std` option.
`-Wsurprising`
  Produce a warning when “suspicious” code constructs are encountered. While technically legal these usually indicate that an error has been made.

  This currently produces a warning under the following circumstances:

  - An INTEGER SELECT construct has a CASE that can never be matched as its lower value is greater than its upper value.
  - A LOGICAL SELECT construct has three CASE statements.
`-Wtabs`
  By default, tabs are accepted as whitespace, but tabs are not members of the Fortran Character Set. `-Wno-tabs` will cause a warning to be issued if a tab is encountered. Note, `-Wno-tabs` is active for `-pedantic`, `-std=f95`, `-std=f2003`, and `-Wall`.
`-Wunderflow`
  Produce a warning when numerical constant expressions are encountered, which yield an UNDERFLOW during compilation.
`-Werror`
  Turns all warnings into errors.

See Options to Request or Suppress Errors and Warnings, for information on more options offered by the GBE shared by `gfortran`, `gcc` and other GNU compilers.

Some of these have no effect when compiling programs written in Fortran.

Next: Directory Options, Previous: Error and Warning Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.4 Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran

GNU Fortran has various special options that are used for debugging either your program or the GNU Fortran compiler.

`-fdump-parse-tree`
  Output the internal parse tree before starting code generation. Only really useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself.
`-ffpe-trap=`list
  Specify a list of IEEE exceptions when a Floating Point Exception (FPE) should be raised. On most systems, this will result in a SIGFPE signal being sent and the program being interrupted, producing a core file useful for debugging. list is a (possibly empty) comma-separated list of the following IEEE exceptions: ‘`invalid`’ (invalid floating point operation, such as `SQRT(-1.0)`), ‘`zero`’ (division by zero), ‘`overflow`’ (overflow in a floating point operation), ‘`underflow`’ (underflow in a floating point operation), ‘`precision`’ (loss of precision during operation) and ‘`denormal`’ (operation produced a denormal value).

See Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC, for more information on debugging options.

Next: Runtime Options, Previous: Debugging Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.5 Options for directory search

These options affect how GNU Fortran searches for files specified by the `INCLUDE` directive and where it searches for previously compiled modules.

It also affects the search paths used by `cpp` when used to preprocess Fortran source.

`-I` dir
  These affect interpretation of the `INCLUDE` directive (as well as of the `#include` directive of the `cpp` preprocessor).

  Also note that the general behavior of `-I` and `INCLUDE` is pretty much the same as of `-I` with `#include` in the `cpp` preprocessor, with regard to looking for `header.gcc` files and other such things.

  This path is also used to search for `.mod` files when previously compiled modules are required by a `USE` statement.

  See Options for Directory Search, for information on the `-I` option.

`-M` dir
`-J` dir
  This option specifies where to put `.mod` files for compiled modules. It is also added to the list of directories to searched by an `USE` statement.

  The default is the current directory.

  `-J` is an alias for `-M` to avoid conflicts with existing GCC options.

Next: Code Gen Options, Previous: Directory Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.6 Influencing runtime behavior

These options affect the runtime behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran.

`-fconvert=`conversion
  Specify the representation of data for unformatted files. Valid values for conversion are: ‘`native`’, the default; ‘`swap`’, swap between big- and little-endian; ‘`big-endian`’, use big-endian representation for unformatted files; ‘`little-endian`’, use little-endian representation for unformatted files.

  This option has an effect only when used in the main program. The `CONVERT` specifier and the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment variable override the default specified by `-fconvert`.

`-frecord-marker=`length
  Specify the length of record markers for unformatted files. Valid values for length are 4 and 8. Default is 4. This is different from previous versions of `gfortran`, which specified a default record marker length of 8 on most systems. If you want to read or write files compatible with earlier versions of `gfortran`, use `-frecord-marker=8`.
`-fmax-subrecord-length=`length
  Specify the maximum length for a subrecord. The maximum permitted value for length is 2147483639, which is also the default. Only really useful for use by the gfortran testsuite.

Next: Environment Variables, Previous: Runtime Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.7 Options for code generation conventions

These machine-independent options control the interface conventions used in code generation.

Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of `-ffoo` would be `-fno-foo`. In the table below, only one of the forms is listed—the one which is not the default. You can figure out the other form by either removing `no-` or adding it.

`-fno-automatic`
  Treat each program unit as if the `SAVE` statement was specified for every local variable and array referenced in it. Does not affect common blocks. (Some Fortran compilers provide this option under the name `-static`.)
`-ff2c`
  Generate code designed to be compatible with code generated by `g77` and `f2c`.

  The calling conventions used by `g77` (originally implemented in `f2c`) require functions that return type default `REAL` to actually return the C type `double`, and functions that return type `COMPLEX` to return the values via an extra argument in the calling sequence that points to where to store the return value. Under the default GNU calling conventions, such functions simply return their results as they would in GNU C—default `REAL` functions return the C type `float`, and `COMPLEX` functions return the GNU C type `complex`. Additionally, this option implies the `-fsecond-underscore` option, unless `-fno-second-underscore` is explicitly requested.

  This does not affect the generation of code that interfaces with the `libgfortran` library.

  Caution: It is not a good idea to mix Fortran code compiled with `-ff2c` with code compiled with the default `-fno-f2c` calling conventions as, calling `COMPLEX` or default `REAL` functions between program parts which were compiled with different calling conventions will break at execution time.

  Caution: This will break code which passes intrinsic functions of type default `REAL` or `COMPLEX` as actual arguments, as the library implementations use the `-fno-f2c` calling conventions.

`-fno-underscoring`
  Do not transform names of entities specified in the Fortran source file by appending underscores to them.

  With `-funderscoring` in effect, GNU Fortran appends one underscore to external names with no underscores. This is done to ensure compatibility with code produced by many UNIX Fortran compilers.

  Caution: The default behavior of GNU Fortran is incompatible with `f2c` and `g77`, please use the `-ff2c` option if you want object files compiled with GNU Fortran to be compatible with object code created with these tools.

  Use of `-fno-underscoring` is not recommended unless you are experimenting with issues such as integration of GNU Fortran into existing system environments (vis-a-vis existing libraries, tools, and so on).

  For example, with `-funderscoring`, and assuming other defaults like `-fcase-lower` and that `j()` and `max_count()` are external functions while `my_var` and `lvar` are local variables, a statement like

                I = J() + MAX_COUNT (MY_VAR, LVAR)

  is implemented as something akin to:

                i = j_() + max_count__(&my_var__, &lvar);

  With `-fno-underscoring`, the same statement is implemented as:

                i = j() + max_count(&my_var, &lvar);

  Use of `-fno-underscoring` allows direct specification of user-defined names while debugging and when interfacing GNU Fortran code with other languages.

  Note that just because the names match does not mean that the interface implemented by GNU Fortran for an external name matches the interface implemented by some other language for that same name. That is, getting code produced by GNU Fortran to link to code produced by some other compiler using this or any other method can be only a small part of the overall solution—getting the code generated by both compilers to agree on issues other than naming can require significant effort, and, unlike naming disagreements, linkers normally cannot detect disagreements in these other areas.

  Also, note that with `-fno-underscoring`, the lack of appended underscores introduces the very real possibility that a user-defined external name will conflict with a name in a system library, which could make finding unresolved-reference bugs quite difficult in some cases—they might occur at program run time, and show up only as buggy behavior at run time.

  In future versions of GNU Fortran we hope to improve naming and linking issues so that debugging always involves using the names as they appear in the source, even if the names as seen by the linker are mangled to prevent accidental linking between procedures with incompatible interfaces.

`-fsecond-underscore`
  By default, GNU Fortran appends an underscore to external names. If this option is used GNU Fortran appends two underscores to names with underscores and one underscore to external names with no underscores. GNU Fortran also appends two underscores to internal names with underscores to avoid naming collisions with external names.

  This option has no effect if `-fno-underscoring` is in effect. It is implied by the `-ff2c` option.

  Otherwise, with this option, an external name such as `MAX_COUNT` is implemented as a reference to the link-time external symbol `max_count__`, instead of `max_count_`. This is required for compatibility with `g77` and `f2c`, and is implied by use of the `-ff2c` option.

`-fbounds-check`
  Enable generation of run-time checks for array subscripts and against the declared minimum and maximum values. It also checks array indices for assumed and deferred shape arrays against the actual allocated bounds.

  In the future this may also include other forms of checking, e.g., checking substring references.

`-fmax-stack-var-size=`n
  This option specifies the size in bytes of the largest array that will be put on the stack.

  This option currently only affects local arrays declared with constant bounds, and may not apply to all character variables. Future versions of GNU Fortran may improve this behavior.

  The default value for n is 32768.

`-fpack-derived`
  This option tells GNU Fortran to pack derived type members as closely as possible. Code compiled with this option is likely to be incompatible with code compiled without this option, and may execute slower.
`-frepack-arrays`
  In some circumstances GNU Fortran may pass assumed shape array sections via a descriptor describing a noncontiguous area of memory. This option adds code to the function prologue to repack the data into a contiguous block at runtime.

  This should result in faster accesses to the array. However it can introduce significant overhead to the function call, especially when the passed data is noncontiguous.

`-fshort-enums`
  This option is provided for interoperability with C code that was compiled with the `-fshort-enums` option. It will make GNU Fortran choose the smallest `INTEGER` kind a given enumerator set will fit in, and give all its enumerators this kind.

See Options for Code Generation Conventions, for information on more options offered by the GBE shared by `gfortran`, `gcc`, and other GNU compilers.

Previous: Code Gen Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran

### 2.8 Environment variables affecting `gfortran`

The `gfortran` compiler currently does not make use of any environment variables to control its operation above and beyond those that affect the operation of `gcc`.

See Environment Variables Affecting GCC, for information on environment variables.

See Runtime, for environment variables that affect the run-time behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran.

Next: Fortran 2003 status, Previous: Invoking GNU Fortran, Up: Top

## 3 Runtime: Influencing runtime behavior with environment variables

The behavior of the `gfortran` can be influenced by environment variables.

Malformed environment variables are silently ignored.

Next: GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT, Up: Runtime

### 3.1 `GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT`—Unit number for standard input

This environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard input. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 5.

Next: GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT, Previous: GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT, Up: Runtime

### 3.2 `GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT`—Unit number for standard output

This environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard output. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 6.

Next: GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR, Previous: GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT, Up: Runtime

### 3.3 `GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT`—Unit number for standard error

This environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard error. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 0.

Next: GFORTRAN_TMPDIR, Previous: GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT, Up: Runtime

### 3.4 `GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR`—Send library output to standard error

This environment variable controls where library output is sent. If the first letter is ‘`y`’, ‘`Y`’ or ‘`1`’, standard error is used. If the first letter is ‘`n`’, ‘`N`’ or ‘`0`’, standard output is used.

Next: GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL, Previous: GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR, Up: Runtime

### 3.5 `GFORTRAN_TMPDIR`—Directory for scratch files

This environment variable controls where scratch files are created. If this environment variable is missing, GNU Fortran searches for the environment variable `TMP`. If this is also missing, the default is `/tmp`.

Next: GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS, Previous: GFORTRAN_TMPDIR, Up: Runtime

### 3.6 `GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL`—Don't buffer output

This environment variable controls whether all output is unbuffered. If the first letter is ‘`y`’, ‘`Y`’ or ‘`1`’, all output is unbuffered. This will slow down large writes. If the first letter is ‘`n`’, ‘`N`’ or ‘`0`’, output is buffered. This is the default.

Next: GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS, Previous: GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL, Up: Runtime

### 3.7 `GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS`—Show location for runtime errors

If the first letter is ‘`y`’, ‘`Y`’ or ‘`1`’, filename and line numbers for runtime errors are printed. If the first letter is ‘`n`’, ‘`N`’ or ‘`0`’, don't print filename and line numbers for runtime errors. The default is to print the location.

Next: GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL, Previous: GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS, Up: Runtime

### 3.8 `GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS`—Print leading + where permitted

If the first letter is ‘`y`’, ‘`Y`’ or ‘`1`’, a plus sign is printed where permitted by the Fortran standard. If the first letter is ‘`n`’, ‘`N`’ or ‘`0`’, a plus sign is not printed in most cases. Default is not to print plus signs.

Next: GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR, Previous: GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS, Up: Runtime

### 3.9 `GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL`—Default record length for new files

This environment variable specifies the default record length, in bytes, for files which are opened without a `RECL` tag in the `OPEN` statement. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 1073741824 bytes (1 GB).

Next: GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT, Previous: GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL, Up: Runtime

### 3.10 `GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR`—Separator for list output

This environment variable specifies the separator when writing list-directed output. It may contain any number of spaces and at most one comma. If you specify this on the command line, be sure to quote spaces, as in

         $ GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR='  ,  ' ./a.out

when `a.out` is the compiled Fortran program that you want to run. Default is a single space.

Previous: GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR, Up: Runtime

### 3.11 `GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT`—Set endianness for unformatted I/O

By setting the `GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT` variable, it is possible to change the representation of data for unformatted files. The syntax for the `GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT` variable is:

         GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT: mode | mode ';' exception | exception ;
         mode: 'native' | 'swap' | 'big_endian' | 'little_endian' ;
         exception: mode ':' unit_list | unit_list ;
         unit_list: unit_spec | unit_list unit_spec ;
         unit_spec: INTEGER | INTEGER '-' INTEGER ;

The variable consists of an optional default mode, followed by a list of optional exceptions, which are separated by semicolons from the preceding default and each other. Each exception consists of a format and a comma-separated list of units. Valid values for the modes are the same as for the `CONVERT` specifier:

- `NATIVE` Use the native format. This is the default.
- `SWAP` Swap between little- and big-endian.
- `LITTLE_ENDIAN` Use the little-endian format for unformatted files.
- `BIG_ENDIAN` Use the big-endian format for unformatted files.

A missing mode for an exception is taken to mean `BIG_ENDIAN`. Examples of values for `GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT` are:

- `'big_endian'` Do all unformatted I/O in big_endian mode.
- `'little_endian;native:10-20,25'` Do all unformatted I/O in little_endian mode, except for units 10 to 20 and 25, which are in native format.
- `'10-20'` Units 10 to 20 are big-endian, the rest is native.

Setting the environment variables should be done on the command line or via the `export` command for `sh`-compatible shells and via `setenv` for `csh`-compatible shells.

Example for `sh`:

         $ gfortran foo.f90
         $ GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT='big_endian;native:10-20' ./a.out

Example code for `csh`:

         % gfortran foo.f90
         % setenv GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT 'big_endian;native:10-20'
         % ./a.out

Using anything but the native representation for unformatted data carries a significant speed overhead. If speed in this area matters to you, it is best if you use this only for data that needs to be portable.

See CONVERT specifier, for an alternative way to specify the data representation for unformatted files. See Runtime Options, for setting a default data representation for the whole program. The `CONVERT` specifier overrides the `-fconvert` compile options.

Note that the values specified via the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment variable will override the CONVERT specifier in the open statement. This is to give control over data formats to users who do not have the source code of their program available.

Next: Extensions, Previous: Runtime, Up: Top

## 4 Fortran 2003 Status

Although GNU Fortran focuses on implementing the Fortran 95 standard for the time being, a few Fortran 2003 features are currently available.

- Intrinsics `command_argument_count`, `get_command`, `get_command_argument`, `get_environment_variable`, and `move_alloc`.
- Array constructors using square brackets. That is, `[...]` rather than `(/.../)`.
- `FLUSH` statement.
- `IOMSG=` specifier for I/O statements.
- Support for the declaration of enumeration constants via the `ENUM` and `ENUMERATOR` statements. Interoperability with `gcc` is guaranteed also for the case where the `-fshort-enums` command line option is given.
- TR 15581:
  - `ALLOCATABLE` dummy arguments.
  - `ALLOCATABLE` function results
  - `ALLOCATABLE` components of derived types
- The `OPEN` statement supports the `ACCESS='STREAM'` specifier, allowing I/O without any record structure.

Next: Intrinsic Procedures, Previous: Fortran 2003 status, Up: Top

## 5 Extensions

GNU Fortran implements a number of extensions over standard Fortran. This chapter contains information on their syntax and meaning. There are currently two categories of GNU Fortran extensions, those that provide functionality beyond that provided by any standard, and those that are supported by GNU Fortran purely for backward compatibility with legacy compilers. By default, `-std=gnu` allows the compiler to accept both types of extensions, but to warn about the use of the latter. Specifying either `-std=f95` or `-std=f2003` disables both types of extensions, and `-std=legacy` allows both without warning.

Next: Old-style variable initialization, Up: Extensions

### 5.1 Old-style kind specifications

GNU Fortran allows old-style kind specifications in declarations. These look like:

               TYPESPEC*size x,y,z

where `TYPESPEC` is a basic type (`INTEGER`, `REAL`, etc.), and where `size` is a byte count corresponding to the storage size of a valid kind for that type. (For `COMPLEX` variables, `size` is the total size of the real and imaginary parts.) The statement then declares `x`, `y` and `z` to be of type `TYPESPEC` with the appropriate kind. This is equivalent to the standard-conforming declaration

               TYPESPEC(k) x,y,z

where `k` is equal to `size` for most types, but is equal to `size/2` for the `COMPLEX` type.

Next: Extensions to namelist, Previous: Old-style kind specifications, Up: Extensions

### 5.2 Old-style variable initialization

GNU Fortran allows old-style initialization of variables of the form:

               INTEGER i/1/,j/2/
               REAL x(2,2) /3*0.,1./

The syntax for the initializers is as for the `DATA` statement, but unlike in a `DATA` statement, an initializer only applies to the variable immediately preceding the initialization. In other words, something like `INTEGER I,J/2,3/` is not valid. This style of initialization is only allowed in declarations without double colons (`::`); the double colons were introduced in Fortran 90, which also introduced a standard syntax for initializing variables in type declarations.

Examples of standard-conforming code equivalent to the above example are:

         ! Fortran 90
               INTEGER :: i = 1, j = 2
               REAL :: x(2,2) = RESHAPE((/0.,0.,0.,1./),SHAPE(x))
         ! Fortran 77
               INTEGER i, j
               REAL x(2,2)
               DATA i/1/, j/2/, x/3*0.,1./

Note that variables which are explicitly initialized in declarations or in `DATA` statements automatically acquire the `SAVE` attribute.

Next: X format descriptor without count field, Previous: Old-style variable initialization, Up: Extensions

### 5.3 Extensions to namelist

GNU Fortran fully supports the Fortran 95 standard for namelist I/O including array qualifiers, substrings and fully qualified derived types. The output from a namelist write is compatible with namelist read. The output has all names in upper case and indentation to column 1 after the namelist name. Two extensions are permitted:

Old-style use of ‘`$`’ instead of ‘`&`’

         $MYNML
          X(:)%Y(2) = 1.0 2.0 3.0
          CH(1:4) = "abcd"
         $END

It should be noted that the default terminator is ‘`/`’ rather than ‘`&END`’.

Querying of the namelist when inputting from stdin. After at least one space, entering ‘`?`’ sends to stdout the namelist name and the names of the variables in the namelist:

          ?

         &mynml
          x
          x%y
          ch
         &end

Entering ‘`=?`’ outputs the namelist to stdout, as if `WRITE(*,NML = mynml)` had been called:

         =?

         &MYNML
          X(1)%Y=  0.000000    ,  1.000000    ,  0.000000    ,
          X(2)%Y=  0.000000    ,  2.000000    ,  0.000000    ,
          X(3)%Y=  0.000000    ,  3.000000    ,  0.000000    ,
          CH=abcd,  /

To aid this dialog, when input is from stdin, errors send their messages to stderr and execution continues, even if `IOSTAT` is set.

`PRINT` namelist is permitted. This causes an error if `-std=f95` is used.

         PROGRAM test_print
           REAL, dimension (4)  ::  x = (/1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0/)
           NAMELIST /mynml/ x
           PRINT mynml
         END PROGRAM test_print

Expanded namelist reads are permitted. This causes an error if `-std=f95` is used. In the following example, the first element of the array will be given the value 0.00 and the two succeeding elements will be given the values 1.00 and 2.00.

         &MYNML
           X(1,1) = 0.00 , 1.00 , 2.00
         /

Next: Commas in FORMAT specifications, Previous: Extensions to namelist, Up: Extensions

### 5.4 `X` format descriptor without count field

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran permits the count field of the `X` edit descriptor in `FORMAT` statements to be omitted. When omitted, the count is implicitly assumed to be one.

                PRINT 10, 2, 3
         10     FORMAT (I1, X, I1)

Next: Missing period in FORMAT specifications, Previous: X format descriptor without count field, Up: Extensions

### 5.5 Commas in `FORMAT` specifications

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows the comma separator to be omitted immediately before and after character string edit descriptors in `FORMAT` statements.

                PRINT 10, 2, 3
         10     FORMAT ('FOO='I1' BAR='I2)

Next: I/O item lists, Previous: Commas in FORMAT specifications, Up: Extensions

### 5.6 Missing period in `FORMAT` specifications

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows missing periods in format specifications if and only if `-std=legacy` is given on the command line. This is considered non-conforming code and is discouraged.

                REAL :: value
                READ(*,10) value
         10     FORMAT ('F4')

Next: BOZ literal constants, Previous: Missing period in FORMAT specifications, Up: Extensions

### 5.7 I/O item lists

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows the input item list of the `READ` statement, and the output item lists of the `WRITE` and `PRINT` statements, to start with a comma.

Next: Real array indices, Previous: I/O item lists, Up: Extensions

### 5.8 BOZ literal constants

As an extension, GNU Fortran allows hexadecimal BOZ literal constants to be specified using the X prefix, in addition to the standard Z prefix. BOZ literal constants can also be specified by adding a suffix to the string. For example, `Z'ABC'` and `'ABC'Z` are equivalent.

The Fortran standard restricts the appearance of a BOZ literal constant to the `DATA` statement, and it is expected to be assigned to an `INTEGER` variable. GNU Fortran permits a BOZ literal to appear in any initialization expression as well as assignment statements.

Attempts to use a BOZ literal constant to do a bitwise initialization of a variable can lead to confusion. A BOZ literal constant is converted to an `INTEGER` value with the kind type with the largest decimal representation, and this value is then converted numerically to the type and kind of the variable in question. Thus, one should not expect a bitwise copy of the BOZ literal constant to be assigned to a `REAL` variable.

Similarly, initializing an `INTEGER` variable with a statement such as `DATA i/Z'FFFFFFFF'/` will produce an integer overflow rather than the desired result of -1 when `i` is a 32-bit integer on a system that supports 64-bit integers. The ‘`-fno-range-check`’ option can be used as a workaround for legacy code that initializes integers in this manner.

Next: Unary operators, Previous: BOZ literal constants, Up: Extensions

### 5.9 Real array indices

As an extension, GNU Fortran allows the use of `REAL` expressions or variables as array indices.

Next: Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values, Previous: Real array indices, Up: Extensions

### 5.10 Unary operators

As an extension, GNU Fortran allows unary plus and unary minus operators to appear as the second operand of binary arithmetic operators without the need for parenthesis.

                X = Y * -Z

Next: Hollerith constants support, Previous: Unary operators, Up: Extensions

### 5.11 Implicitly convert `LOGICAL` and `INTEGER` values

As an extension for backwards compatibility with other compilers, GNU Fortran allows the implicit conversion of `LOGICAL` values to `INTEGER` values and vice versa. When converting from a `LOGICAL` to an `INTEGER`, `.FALSE.` is interpreted as zero, and `.TRUE.` is interpreted as one. When converting from `INTEGER` to `LOGICAL`, the value zero is interpreted as `.FALSE.` and any nonzero value is interpreted as `.TRUE.`.

                INTEGER :: i = 1
                IF (i) PRINT *, 'True'

Next: Cray pointers, Previous: Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values, Up: Extensions

### 5.12 Hollerith constants support

GNU Fortran supports Hollerith constants in assignments, function arguments, and `DATA` and `ASSIGN` statements. A Hollerith constant is written as a string of characters preceded by an integer constant indicating the character count, and the letter `H` or `h`, and stored in bytewise fashion in a numeric (`INTEGER`, `REAL`, or `complex`) or `LOGICAL` variable. The constant will be padded or truncated to fit the size of the variable in which it is stored.

Examples of valid uses of Hollerith constants:

               complex*16 x(2)
               data x /16Habcdefghijklmnop, 16Hqrstuvwxyz012345/
               x(1) = 16HABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP
               call foo (4h abc)

Invalid Hollerith constants examples:

               integer*4 a
               a = 8H12345678 ! Valid, but the Hollerith constant will be truncated.
               a = 0H         ! At least one character is needed.

In general, Hollerith constants were used to provide a rudimentary facility for handling character strings in early Fortran compilers, prior to the introduction of `CHARACTER` variables in Fortran 77; in those cases, the standard-compliant equivalent is to convert the program to use proper character strings. On occasion, there may be a case where the intent is specifically to initialize a numeric variable with a given byte sequence. In these cases, the same result can be obtained by using the `TRANSFER` statement, as in this example.

               INTEGER(KIND=4) :: a
               a = TRANSFER ("abcd", a)     ! equivalent to: a = 4Habcd

Next: CONVERT specifier, Previous: Hollerith constants support, Up: Extensions

### 5.13 Cray pointers

Cray pointers are part of a non-standard extension that provides a C-like pointer in Fortran. This is accomplished through a pair of variables: an integer "pointer" that holds a memory address, and a "pointee" that is used to dereference the pointer.

Pointer/pointee pairs are declared in statements of the form:

                 pointer ( <pointer> , <pointee> )

or,

                 pointer ( <pointer1> , <pointee1> ), ( <pointer2> , <pointee2> ), ...

The pointer is an integer that is intended to hold a memory address. The pointee may be an array or scalar. A pointee can be an assumed size array—that is, the last dimension may be left unspecified by using a `*` in place of a value—but a pointee cannot be an assumed shape array. No space is allocated for the pointee.

The pointee may have its type declared before or after the pointer statement, and its array specification (if any) may be declared before, during, or after the pointer statement. The pointer may be declared as an integer prior to the pointer statement. However, some machines have default integer sizes that are different than the size of a pointer, and so the following code is not portable:

                 integer ipt
                 pointer (ipt, iarr)

If a pointer is declared with a kind that is too small, the compiler will issue a warning; the resulting binary will probably not work correctly, because the memory addresses stored in the pointers may be truncated. It is safer to omit the first line of the above example; if explicit declaration of ipt's type is omitted, then the compiler will ensure that ipt is an integer variable large enough to hold a pointer.

Pointer arithmetic is valid with Cray pointers, but it is not the same as C pointer arithmetic. Cray pointers are just ordinary integers, so the user is responsible for determining how many bytes to add to a pointer in order to increment it. Consider the following example:

                 real target(10)
                 real pointee(10)
                 pointer (ipt, pointee)
                 ipt = loc (target)
                 ipt = ipt + 1

The last statement does not set `ipt` to the address of `target(1)`, as it would in C pointer arithmetic. Adding `1` to `ipt` just adds one byte to the address stored in `ipt`.

Any expression involving the pointee will be translated to use the value stored in the pointer as the base address.

To get the address of elements, this extension provides an intrinsic function `LOC()`. The `LOC()` function is equivalent to the `&` operator in C, except the address is cast to an integer type:

                 real ar(10)
                 pointer(ipt, arpte(10))
                 real arpte
                 ipt = loc(ar)  ! Makes arpte is an alias for ar
                 arpte(1) = 1.0 ! Sets ar(1) to 1.0

The pointer can also be set by a call to the `MALLOC` intrinsic (see MALLOC).

Cray pointees often are used to alias an existing variable. For example:

                 integer target(10)
                 integer iarr(10)
                 pointer (ipt, iarr)
                 ipt = loc(target)

As long as `ipt` remains unchanged, `iarr` is now an alias for `target`. The optimizer, however, will not detect this aliasing, so it is unsafe to use `iarr` and `target` simultaneously. Using a pointee in any way that violates the Fortran aliasing rules or assumptions is illegal. It is the user's responsibility to avoid doing this; the compiler works under the assumption that no such aliasing occurs.

Cray pointers will work correctly when there is no aliasing (i.e., when they are used to access a dynamically allocated block of memory), and also in any routine where a pointee is used, but any variable with which it shares storage is not used. Code that violates these rules may not run as the user intends. This is not a bug in the optimizer; any code that violates the aliasing rules is illegal. (Note that this is not unique to GNU Fortran; any Fortran compiler that supports Cray pointers will “incorrectly” optimize code with illegal aliasing.)

There are a number of restrictions on the attributes that can be applied to Cray pointers and pointees. Pointees may not have the `ALLOCATABLE`, `INTENT`, `OPTIONAL`, `DUMMY`, `TARGET`, `INTRINSIC`, or `POINTER` attributes. Pointers may not have the `DIMENSION`, `POINTER`, `TARGET`, `ALLOCATABLE`, `EXTERNAL`, or `INTRINSIC` attributes. Pointees may not occur in more than one pointer statement. A pointee cannot be a pointer. Pointees cannot occur in equivalence, common, or data statements.

A Cray pointer may also point to a function or a subroutine. For example, the following excerpt is valid:

           implicit none
           external sub
           pointer (subptr,subpte)
           external subpte
           subptr = loc(sub)
           call subpte()
           [...]
           subroutine sub
           [...]
           end subroutine sub

A pointer may be modified during the course of a program, and this will change the location to which the pointee refers. However, when pointees are passed as arguments, they are treated as ordinary variables in the invoked function. Subsequent changes to the pointer will not change the base address of the array that was passed.

Next: OpenMP, Previous: Cray pointers, Up: Extensions

### 5.14 CONVERT specifier

GNU Fortran allows the conversion of unformatted data between little- and big-endian representation to facilitate moving of data between different systems. The conversion can be indicated with the `CONVERT` specifier on the `OPEN` statement. See GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT, for an alternative way of specifying the data format via an environment variable.

Valid values for `CONVERT` are:

- `CONVERT='NATIVE'` Use the native format. This is the default.
- `CONVERT='SWAP'` Swap between little- and big-endian.
- `CONVERT='LITTLE_ENDIAN'` Use the little-endian representation for unformatted files.
- `CONVERT='BIG_ENDIAN'` Use the big-endian representation for unformatted files.

Using the option could look like this:

           open(file='big.dat',form='unformatted',access='sequential', &
                convert='big_endian')

The value of the conversion can be queried by using `INQUIRE(CONVERT=ch)`. The values returned are `'BIG_ENDIAN'` and `'LITTLE_ENDIAN'`.

`CONVERT` works between big- and little-endian for `INTEGER` values of all supported kinds and for `REAL` on IEEE systems of kinds 4 and 8. Conversion between different “extended double” types on different architectures such as m68k and x86_64, which GNU Fortran supports as `REAL(KIND=10)` and `REAL(KIND=16)`, will probably not work.

Note that the values specified via the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment variable will override the CONVERT specifier in the open statement. This is to give control over data formats to users who do not have the source code of their program available.

Using anything but the native representation for unformatted data carries a significant speed overhead. If speed in this area matters to you, it is best if you use this only for data that needs to be portable.

Previous: CONVERT specifier, Up: Extensions

### 5.15 OpenMP

GNU Fortran attempts to be OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5 compatible when invoked with the `-fopenmp` option. GNU Fortran then generates parallelized code according to the OpenMP directives used in the source. The OpenMP Fortran runtime library routines are provided both in a form of a Fortran 90 module named `omp_lib` and in a form of a Fortran `include` file named `omp_lib.h`.

For details refer to the actual OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5 specification.

Next: Contributing, Previous: Extensions, Up: Top

## 6 Intrinsic Procedures

Next: ABORT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.1 Introduction to intrinsic procedures

The intrinsic procedures provided by GNU Fortran include all of the intrinsic procedures required by the Fortran 95 standard, a set of intrinsic procedures for backwards compatibility with G77, and a small selection of intrinsic procedures from the Fortran 2003 standard. Any conflict between a description here and a description in either the Fortran 95 standard or the Fortran 2003 standard is unintentional, and the standard(s) should be considered authoritative.

The enumeration of the `KIND` type parameter is processor defined in the Fortran 95 standard. GNU Fortran defines the default integer type and default real type by `INTEGER(KIND=4)` and `REAL(KIND=4)`, respectively. The standard mandates that both data types shall have another kind, which have more precision. On typical target architectures supported by `gfortran`, this kind type parameter is `KIND=8`. Hence, `REAL(KIND=8)` and `DOUBLE PRECISION` are equivalent. In the description of generic intrinsic procedures, the kind type parameter will be specified by `KIND=*`, and in the description of specific names for an intrinsic procedure the kind type parameter will be explicitly given (e.g., `REAL(KIND=4)` or `REAL(KIND=8)`). Finally, for brevity the optional `KIND=` syntax will be omitted.

Many of the intrinsic procedures take one or more optional arguments. This document follows the convention used in the Fortran 95 standard, and denotes such arguments by square brackets.

GNU Fortran offers the `-std=f95` and `-std=gnu` options, which can be used to restrict the set of intrinsic procedures to a given standard. By default, `gfortran` sets the `-std=gnu` option, and so all intrinsic procedures described here are accepted. There is one caveat. For a select group of intrinsic procedures, `g77` implemented both a function and a subroutine. Both classes have been implemented in `gfortran` for backwards compatibility with `g77`. It is noted here that these functions and subroutines cannot be intermixed in a given subprogram. In the descriptions that follow, the applicable standard for each intrinsic procedure is noted.

Next: ABS, Previous: Introduction to Intrinsics, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.2 `ABORT` — Abort the program

Description:
  `ABORT` causes immediate termination of the program. On operating systems that support a core dump, `ABORT` will produce a core dump, which is suitable for debugging purposes.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL ABORT`
Return value:
  Does not return.
Example:

                program test_abort
                  integer :: i = 1, j = 2
                  if (i /= j) call abort
                end program test_abort

See also:
  EXIT, KILL

Next: ACCESS, Previous: ABORT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.3 `ABS` — Absolute value

Description:
  `ABS(X)` computes the absolute value of `X`.
Standard:
  F77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ABS(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type of the argument shall be an `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as the argument except the return value is `REAL(*)` for a `COMPLEX(*)` argument.
Example:

                program test_abs
                  integer :: i = -1
                  real :: x = -1.e0
                  complex :: z = (-1.e0,0.e0)
                  i = abs(i)
                  x = abs(x)
                  x = abs(z)
                end program test_abs

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `CABS(Z)` | `COMPLEX(4) Z` | `REAL(4)` | F77 and later
  `DABS(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later
  `IABS(I)` | `INTEGER(4) I` | `INTEGER(4)` | F77 and later
  `ZABS(Z)` | `COMPLEX(8) Z` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension
  `CDABS(Z)` | `COMPLEX(8) Z` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension

Next: ACHAR, Previous: ABS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.4 `ACCESS` — Checks file access modes

Description:
  `ACCESS(NAME, MODE)` checks whether the file NAME exists, is readable, writable or executable. Except for the executable check, `ACCESS` can be replaced by Fortran 95's `INQUIRE`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ACCESS(NAME, MODE)`
Arguments:

  NAME | Scalar `CHARACTER` with the file name. Tailing blank are ignored unless the character `achar(0)` is present, then all characters up to and excluding `achar(0)` are used as file name.
  MODE | Scalar `CHARACTER` with the file access mode, may be any concatenation of `"r"` (readable), `"w"` (writable) and `"x"` (executable), or `" "` to check for existence.

Return value:
  Returns a scalar `INTEGER`, which is `0` if the file is accessible in the given mode; otherwise or if an invalid argument has been given for `MODE` the value `1` is returned.
Example:

                program access_test
                  implicit none
                  character(len=*), parameter :: file  = 'test.dat'
                  character(len=*), parameter :: file2 = 'test.dat  '//achar(0)
                  if(access(file,' ') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is exists'
                  if(access(file,'r') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is readable'
                  if(access(file,'w') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is writable'
                  if(access(file,'x') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is executable'
                  if(access(file2,'rwx') == 0) &
                    print *, trim(file2),' is readable, writable and executable'
                end program access_test

Specific names:
See also:

Next: ACOS, Previous: ACCESS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.5 `ACHAR` — Character in ASCII collating sequence

Description:
  `ACHAR(I)` returns the character located at position `I` in the ASCII collating sequence.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ACHAR(I)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `CHARACTER` with a length of one. The kind type parameter is the same as `KIND('A')`.
Example:

                program test_achar
                  character c
                  c = achar(32)
                end program test_achar

Note:
  See ICHAR for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations.
See also:
  CHAR, IACHAR, ICHAR

Next: ACOSH, Previous: ACHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.6 `ACOS` — Arccosine function

Description:
  `ACOS(X)` computes the arccosine of X (inverse of `COS(X)`).
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ACOS(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` with a magnitude that is less than one.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range 0 \leq \acos(x) \leq \pi. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_acos
                  real(8) :: x = 0.866_8
                  x = acos(x)
                end program test_acos

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DACOS(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

See also:
  Inverse function: COS

Next: ADJUSTL, Previous: ACOS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.7 `ACOSH` — Hyperbolic arccosine function

Description:
  `ACOSH(X)` computes the hyperbolic arccosine of X (inverse of `COSH(X)`).
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ACOSH(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` with a magnitude that is greater or equal to one.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range 0 \leq \acosh (x) \leq \infty.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_acosh
                  REAL(8), DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 /)
                  WRITE (*,*) ACOSH(x)
                END PROGRAM

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DACOSH(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

See also:
  Inverse function: COSH

Next: ADJUSTR, Previous: ACOSH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.8 `ADJUSTL` — Left adjust a string

Description:
  `ADJUSTL(STR)` will left adjust a string by removing leading spaces. Spaces are inserted at the end of the string as needed.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ADJUSTL(STR)`
Arguments:

  STR | The type shall be `CHARACTER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `CHARACTER` where leading spaces are removed and the same number of spaces are inserted on the end of STR.
Example:

                program test_adjustl
                  character(len=20) :: str = '   gfortran'
                  str = adjustl(str)
                  print *, str
                end program test_adjustl

See also:
  ADJUSTR, TRIM

Next: AIMAG, Previous: ADJUSTL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.9 `ADJUSTR` — Right adjust a string

Description:
  `ADJUSTR(STR)` will right adjust a string by removing trailing spaces. Spaces are inserted at the start of the string as needed.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ADJUSTR(STR)`
Arguments:

  STR | The type shall be `CHARACTER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `CHARACTER` where trailing spaces are removed and the same number of spaces are inserted at the start of STR.
Example:

                program test_adjustr
                  character(len=20) :: str = 'gfortran'
                  str = adjustr(str)
                  print *, str
                end program test_adjustr

See also:
  ADJUSTL, TRIM

Next: AINT, Previous: ADJUSTR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.10 `AIMAG` — Imaginary part of complex number

Description:
  `AIMAG(Z)` yields the imaginary part of complex argument `Z`. The `IMAG(Z)` and `IMAGPART(Z)` intrinsic functions are provided for compatibility with `g77`, and their use in new code is strongly discouraged.
Standard:
  F77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = AIMAG(Z)`
Arguments:

  Z | The type of the argument shall be `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type real with the kind type parameter of the argument.
Example:

                program test_aimag
                  complex(4) z4
                  complex(8) z8
                  z4 = cmplx(1.e0_4, 0.e0_4)
                  z8 = cmplx(0.e0_8, 1.e0_8)
                  print *, aimag(z4), dimag(z8)
                end program test_aimag

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DIMAG(Z)` | `COMPLEX(8) Z` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension
  `IMAG(Z)` | `COMPLEX(*) Z` | `REAL(*)` | GNU extension
  `IMAGPART(Z)` | `COMPLEX(*) Z` | `REAL(*)` | GNU extension

Next: ALARM, Previous: AIMAG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.11 `AINT` — Truncate to a whole number

Description:
  `AINT(X [, KIND])` truncates its argument to a whole number.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = AINT(X [, KIND])`
Arguments:

  X | The type of the argument shall be `REAL(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is of type real with the kind type parameter of the argument if the optional KIND is absent; otherwise, the kind type parameter will be given by KIND. If the magnitude of X is less than one, then `AINT(X)` returns zero. If the magnitude is equal to or greater than one, then it returns the largest whole number that does not exceed its magnitude. The sign is the same as the sign of X.
Example:

                program test_aint
                  real(4) x4
                  real(8) x8
                  x4 = 1.234E0_4
                  x8 = 4.321_8
                  print *, aint(x4), dint(x8)
                  x8 = aint(x4,8)
                end program test_aint

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DINT(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

Next: ALL, Previous: AINT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.12 `ALARM` — Execute a routine after a given delay

Description:
  `ALARM(SECONDS, HANDLER [, STATUS])` causes external subroutine HANDLER to be executed after a delay of SECONDS by using `alarm(2)` to set up a signal and `signal(2)` to catch it. If STATUS is supplied, it will be returned with the number of seconds remaining until any previously scheduled alarm was due to be delivered, or zero if there was no previously scheduled alarm.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL ALARM(SECONDS, HANDLER [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  SECONDS | The type of the argument shall be a scalar `INTEGER`. It is `INTENT(IN)`.
  HANDLER | Signal handler (`INTEGER FUNCTION` or `SUBROUTINE`) or dummy/global `INTEGER` scalar. The scalar values may be either `SIG_IGN=1` to ignore the alarm generated or `SIG_DFL=0` to set the default action. It is `INTENT(IN)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) STATUS shall be a scalar variable of the default `INTEGER` kind. It is `INTENT(OUT)`.

Example:

                program test_alarm
                  external handler_print
                  integer i
                  call alarm (3, handler_print, i)
                  print *, i
                  call sleep(10)
                end program test_alarm

  This will cause the external routine handler_print to be called after 3 seconds.

Next: ALLOCATED, Previous: ALARM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.13 `ALL` — All values in MASK along DIM are true

Description:
  `ALL(MASK [, DIM])` determines if all the values are true in MASK in the array along dimension DIM.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ALL(MASK [, DIM])`
Arguments:

  MASK | The type of the argument shall be `LOGICAL(*)` and it shall not be scalar.
  DIM | (Optional) DIM shall be a scalar integer with a value that lies between one and the rank of MASK.

Return value:
  `ALL(MASK)` returns a scalar value of type `LOGICAL(*)` where the kind type parameter is the same as the kind type parameter of MASK. If DIM is present, then `ALL(MASK, DIM)` returns an array with the rank of MASK minus 1. The shape is determined from the shape of MASK where the DIM dimension is elided.
  (A)
    `ALL(MASK)` is true if all elements of MASK are true. It also is true if MASK has zero size; otherwise, it is false.
  (B)
    If the rank of MASK is one, then `ALL(MASK,DIM)` is equivalent to `ALL(MASK)`. If the rank is greater than one, then `ALL(MASK,DIM)` is determined by applying `ALL` to the array sections.
Example:

                program test_all
                  logical l
                  l = all((/.true., .true., .true./))
                  print *, l
                  call section
                  contains
                    subroutine section
                      integer a(2,3), b(2,3)
                      a = 1
                      b = 1
                      b(2,2) = 2
                      print *, all(a .eq. b, 1)
                      print *, all(a .eq. b, 2)
                    end subroutine section
                end program test_all

Next: AND, Previous: ALL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.14 `ALLOCATED` — Status of an allocatable entity

Description:
  `ALLOCATED(X)` checks the status of whether X is allocated.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ALLOCATED(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The argument shall be an `ALLOCATABLE` array.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar `LOGICAL` with the default logical kind type parameter. If X is allocated, `ALLOCATED(X)` is `.TRUE.`; otherwise, it returns the `.TRUE.`
Example:

                program test_allocated
                  integer :: i = 4
                  real(4), allocatable :: x(:)
                  if (allocated(x) .eqv. .false.) allocate(x(i))
                end program test_allocated

Next: ANINT, Previous: ALLOCATED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.15 `AND` — Bitwise logical AND

Description:
  Bitwise logical `AND`.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the IAND intrinsic defined by the Fortran standard.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = AND(I, J)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL`.
  J | The type shall be either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL`.

Return value:
  The return type is either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL` after cross-promotion of the arguments.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_and
                  LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE.
                  INTEGER :: a, b
                  DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' /

                  WRITE (*,*) AND(T, T), AND(T, F), AND(F, T), AND(F, F)
                  WRITE (*,*) AND(a, b)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  F95 elemental function: IAND

Next: ANY, Previous: AND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.16 `ANINT` — Nearest whole number

Description:
  `ANINT(X [, KIND])` rounds its argument to the nearest whole number.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ANINT(X [, KIND])`
Arguments:

  X | The type of the argument shall be `REAL(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is of type real with the kind type parameter of the argument if the optional KIND is absent; otherwise, the kind type parameter will be given by KIND. If X is greater than zero, then `ANINT(X)` returns `AINT(X+0.5)`. If X is less than or equal to zero, then it returns `AINT(X-0.5)`.
Example:

                program test_anint
                  real(4) x4
                  real(8) x8
                  x4 = 1.234E0_4
                  x8 = 4.321_8
                  print *, anint(x4), dnint(x8)
                  x8 = anint(x4,8)
                end program test_anint

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DNINT(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

Next: ASIN, Previous: ANINT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.17 `ANY` — Any value in MASK along DIM is true

Description:
  `ANY(MASK [, DIM])` determines if any of the values in the logical array MASK along dimension DIM are `.TRUE.`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ANY(MASK [, DIM])`
Arguments:

  MASK | The type of the argument shall be `LOGICAL(*)` and it shall not be scalar.
  DIM | (Optional) DIM shall be a scalar integer with a value that lies between one and the rank of MASK.

Return value:
  `ANY(MASK)` returns a scalar value of type `LOGICAL(*)` where the kind type parameter is the same as the kind type parameter of MASK. If DIM is present, then `ANY(MASK, DIM)` returns an array with the rank of MASK minus 1. The shape is determined from the shape of MASK where the DIM dimension is elided.
  (A)
    `ANY(MASK)` is true if any element of MASK is true; otherwise, it is false. It also is false if MASK has zero size.
  (B)
    If the rank of MASK is one, then `ANY(MASK,DIM)` is equivalent to `ANY(MASK)`. If the rank is greater than one, then `ANY(MASK,DIM)` is determined by applying `ANY` to the array sections.
Example:

                program test_any
                  logical l
                  l = any((/.true., .true., .true./))
                  print *, l
                  call section
                  contains
                    subroutine section
                      integer a(2,3), b(2,3)
                      a = 1
                      b = 1
                      b(2,2) = 2
                      print *, any(a .eq. b, 1)
                      print *, any(a .eq. b, 2)
                    end subroutine section
                end program test_any

Next: ASINH, Previous: ANY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.18 `ASIN` — Arcsine function

Description:
  `ASIN(X)` computes the arcsine of its X (inverse of `SIN(X)`).
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ASIN(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and a magnitude that is less than one.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range -\pi / 2 \leq \asin (x) \leq \pi / 2. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_asin
                  real(8) :: x = 0.866_8
                  x = asin(x)
                end program test_asin

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DASIN(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

See also:
  Inverse function: SIN

Next: ASSOCIATED, Previous: ASIN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.19 `ASINH` — Hyperbolic arcsine function

Description:
  `ASINH(X)` computes the hyperbolic arcsine of X (inverse of `SINH(X)`).
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ASINH(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, with X a real number.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range -\infty \leq \asinh (x) \leq \infty.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_asinh
                  REAL(8), DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ -1.0, 0.0, 1.0 /)
                  WRITE (*,*) ASINH(x)
                END PROGRAM

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DASINH(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension.

See also:
  Inverse function: SINH

Next: ATAN, Previous: ASINH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.20 `ASSOCIATED` — Status of a pointer or pointer/target pair

Description:
  `ASSOCIATED(PTR [, TGT])` determines the status of the pointer PTR or if PTR is associated with the target TGT.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ASSOCIATED(PTR [, TGT])`
Arguments:

  PTR | PTR shall have the `POINTER` attribute and it can be of any type.
  TGT | (Optional) TGT shall be a `POINTER` or a `TARGET`. It must have the same type, kind type parameter, and array rank as PTR.

  The status of neither PTR nor TGT can be undefined.
Return value:
  `ASSOCIATED(PTR)` returns a scalar value of type `LOGICAL(4)`. There are several cases:
  (A) If the optional TGT is not present, then `ASSOCIATED(PTR)`
    is true if PTR is associated with a target; otherwise, it returns false.
  (B) If TGT is present and a scalar target, the result is true if
    TGT is not a 0 sized storage sequence and the target associated with PTR occupies the same storage units. If PTR is disassociated, then the result is false.
  (C) If TGT is present and an array target, the result is true if
    TGT and PTR have the same shape, are not 0 sized arrays, are arrays whose elements are not 0 sized storage sequences, and TGT and PTR occupy the same storage units in array element order. As in case(B), the result is false, if PTR is disassociated.
  (D) If TGT is present and an scalar pointer, the result is true if
    target associated with PTR and the target associated with TGT are not 0 sized storage sequences and occupy the same storage units. The result is false, if either TGT or PTR is disassociated.
  (E) If TGT is present and an array pointer, the result is true if
    target associated with PTR and the target associated with TGT have the same shape, are not 0 sized arrays, are arrays whose elements are not 0 sized storage sequences, and TGT and PTR occupy the same storage units in array element order. The result is false, if either TGT or PTR is disassociated.
Example:

                program test_associated
                   implicit none
                   real, target  :: tgt(2) = (/1., 2./)
                   real, pointer :: ptr(:)
                   ptr => tgt
                   if (associated(ptr)     .eqv. .false.) call abort
                   if (associated(ptr,tgt) .eqv. .false.) call abort
                end program test_associated

See also:
  NULL

Next: ATAN2, Previous: ASSOCIATED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.21 `ATAN` — Arctangent function

Description:
  `ATAN(X)` computes the arctangent of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ATAN(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range - \pi / 2 \leq \atan (x) \leq \pi / 2.
Example:

                program test_atan
                  real(8) :: x = 2.866_8
                  x = atan(x)
                end program test_atan

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DATAN(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

See also:
  Inverse function: TAN

Next: ATANH, Previous: ATAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.22 `ATAN2` — Arctangent function

Description:
  `ATAN2(Y,X)` computes the arctangent of the complex number X + i Y.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ATAN2(Y,X)`
Arguments:

  Y | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.
  X | The type and kind type parameter shall be the same as Y. If Y is zero, then X must be nonzero.

Return value:
  The return value has the same type and kind type parameter as Y. It is the principal value of the complex number X + i Y. If X is nonzero, then it lies in the range -\pi \le \atan (x) \leq \pi. The sign is positive if Y is positive. If Y is zero, then the return value is zero if X is positive and \pi if X is negative. Finally, if X is zero, then the magnitude of the result is \pi/2.
Example:

                program test_atan2
                  real(4) :: x = 1.e0_4, y = 0.5e0_4
                  x = atan2(y,x)
                end program test_atan2

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DATAN2(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

Next: BESJ0, Previous: ATAN2, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.23 `ATANH` — Hyperbolic arctangent function

Description:
  `ATANH(X)` computes the hyperbolic arctangent of X (inverse of `TANH(X)`).
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ATANH(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` with a magnitude that is less than or equal to one.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range -\infty \leq \atanh(x) \leq \infty.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_atanh
                  REAL, DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ -1.0, 0.0, 1.0 /)
                  WRITE (*,*) ATANH(x)
                END PROGRAM

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DATANH(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

See also:
  Inverse function: TANH

Next: BESJ1, Previous: ATANH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.24 `BESJ0` — Bessel function of the first kind of order 0

Description:
  `BESJ0(X)` computes the Bessel function of the first kind of order 0 of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BESJ0(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range - 0.4027... \leq Bessel (0,x) \leq 1.
Example:

                program test_besj0
                  real(8) :: x = 0.0_8
                  x = besj0(x)
                end program test_besj0

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DBESJ0(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

Next: BESJN, Previous: BESJ0, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.25 `BESJ1` — Bessel function of the first kind of order 1

Description:
  `BESJ1(X)` computes the Bessel function of the first kind of order 1 of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BESJ1(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range - 0.5818... \leq Bessel (0,x) \leq 0.5818 .
Example:

                program test_besj1
                  real(8) :: x = 1.0_8
                  x = besj1(x)
                end program test_besj1

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DBESJ1(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

Next: BESY0, Previous: BESJ1, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.26 `BESJN` — Bessel function of the first kind

Description:
  `BESJN(N, X)` computes the Bessel function of the first kind of order N of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BESJN(N, X)`
Arguments:

  N | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, and it shall be scalar.
  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `REAL(*)`.
Example:

                program test_besjn
                  real(8) :: x = 1.0_8
                  x = besjn(5,x)
                end program test_besjn

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DBESJN(X)` | `INTEGER(*) N` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension
  | `REAL(8) X` |  |

Next: BESY1, Previous: BESJN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.27 `BESY0` — Bessel function of the second kind of order 0

Description:
  `BESY0(X)` computes the Bessel function of the second kind of order 0 of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BESY0(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `REAL(*)`.
Example:

                program test_besy0
                  real(8) :: x = 0.0_8
                  x = besy0(x)
                end program test_besy0

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DBESY0(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

Next: BESYN, Previous: BESY0, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.28 `BESY1` — Bessel function of the second kind of order 1

Description:
  `BESY1(X)` computes the Bessel function of the second kind of order 1 of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BESY1(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `REAL(*)`.
Example:

                program test_besy1
                  real(8) :: x = 1.0_8
                  x = besy1(x)
                end program test_besy1

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DBESY1(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

Next: BIT_SIZE, Previous: BESY1, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.29 `BESYN` — Bessel function of the second kind

Description:
  `BESYN(N, X)` computes the Bessel function of the second kind of order N of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BESYN(N, X)`
Arguments:

  N | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, and it shall be scalar.
  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `REAL(*)`.
Example:

                program test_besyn
                  real(8) :: x = 1.0_8
                  x = besyn(5,x)
                end program test_besyn

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DBESYN(N,X)` | `INTEGER(*) N` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension
  | `REAL(8) X` |  |

Next: BTEST, Previous: BESYN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.30 `BIT_SIZE` — Bit size inquiry function

Description:
  `BIT_SIZE(I)` returns the number of bits (integer precision plus sign bit) represented by the type of I.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BIT_SIZE(I)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)`
Example:

                program test_bit_size
                    integer :: i = 123
                    integer :: size
                    size = bit_size(i)
                    print *, size
                end program test_bit_size

Next: CEILING, Previous: BIT_SIZE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.31 `BTEST` — Bit test function

Description:
  `BTEST(I,POS)` returns logical `.TRUE.` if the bit at POS in I is set.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = BTEST(I, POS)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  POS | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `LOGICAL`
Example:

                program test_btest
                    integer :: i = 32768 + 1024 + 64
                    integer :: pos
                    logical :: bool
                    do pos=0,16
                        bool = btest(i, pos)
                        print *, pos, bool
                    end do
                end program test_btest

Next: CHAR, Previous: BTEST, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.32 `CEILING` — Integer ceiling function

Description:
  `CEILING(X)` returns the least integer greater than or equal to X.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = CEILING(X [, KIND])`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(KIND)`
Example:

                program test_ceiling
                    real :: x = 63.29
                    real :: y = -63.59
                    print *, ceiling(x) ! returns 64
                    print *, ceiling(y) ! returns -63
                end program test_ceiling

See also:
  FLOOR, NINT

Next: CHDIR, Previous: CEILING, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.33 `CHAR` — Character conversion function

Description:
  `CHAR(I [, KIND])` returns the character represented by the integer I.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = CHAR(I [, KIND])`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `CHARACTER(1)`
Example:

                program test_char
                    integer :: i = 74
                    character(1) :: c
                    c = char(i)
                    print *, i, c ! returns 'J'
                end program test_char

Note:
  See ICHAR for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations.
See also:
  ACHAR, IACHAR, ICHAR

Next: CHMOD, Previous: CHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.34 `CHDIR` — Change working directory

Description:
  Change current working directory to a specified path.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL CHDIR(NAME [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = CHDIR(NAME)`

Arguments:

  NAME | The type shall be `CHARACTER(*)` and shall specify a valid path within the file system.
  STATUS | (Optional) `INTEGER` status flag of the default kind. Returns 0 on success, and a system specific and non-zero error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_chdir
                  CHARACTER(len=255) :: path
                  CALL getcwd(path)
                  WRITE(*,*) TRIM(path)
                  CALL chdir("/tmp")
                  CALL getcwd(path)
                  WRITE(*,*) TRIM(path)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  GETCWD

Next: CMPLX, Previous: CHDIR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.35 `CHMOD` — Change access permissions of files

Description:
  `CHMOD` changes the permissions of a file. This function invokes `/bin/chmod` and might therefore not work on all platforms.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL CHMOD(NAME, MODE[, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = CHMOD(NAME, MODE)`

Arguments:

  NAME | Scalar `CHARACTER` with the file name. Trailing blanks are ignored unless the character `achar(0)` is present, then all characters up to and excluding `achar(0)` are used as the file name.
  MODE | Scalar `CHARACTER` giving the file permission. MODE uses the same syntax as the MODE argument of `/bin/chmod`.
  STATUS | (optional) scalar `INTEGER`, which is `0` on success and non-zero otherwise.

Return value:
  In either syntax, STATUS is set to `0` on success and non-zero otherwise.
Example:
  `CHMOD` as subroutine

                program chmod_test
                  implicit none
                  integer :: status
                  call chmod('test.dat','u+x',status)
                  print *, 'Status: ', status
                end program chmod_test

  `CHMOD` as function:

                program chmod_test
                  implicit none
                  integer :: status
                  status = chmod('test.dat','u+x')
                  print *, 'Status: ', status
                end program chmod_test

Next: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT, Previous: CHMOD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.36 `CMPLX` — Complex conversion function

Description:
  `CMPLX(X [, Y [, KIND]])` returns a complex number where X is converted to the real component. If Y is present it is converted to the imaginary component. If Y is not present then the imaginary component is set to 0.0. If X is complex then Y must not be present.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = CMPLX(X [, Y [, KIND]])`
Arguments:

  X | The type may be `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.
  Y | (Optional; only allowed if X is not `COMPLEX(*)`.) May be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is of `COMPLEX` type, with a kind equal to KIND if it is specified. If KIND is not specified, the result is of the default `COMPLEX` kind, regardless of the kinds of X and Y.
Example:

                program test_cmplx
                    integer :: i = 42
                    real :: x = 3.14
                    complex :: z
                    z = cmplx(i, x)
                    print *, z, cmplx(x)
                end program test_cmplx

See also:
  COMPLEX

Next: COMPLEX, Previous: CMPLX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.37 `COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT` — Get number of command line arguments

Description:
  `COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT()` returns the number of arguments passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked.
Standard:
  F2003
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT()`
Arguments:

  None

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(4)`
Example:

                program test_command_argument_count
                    integer :: count
                    count = command_argument_count()
                    print *, count
                end program test_command_argument_count

See also:
  GET_COMMAND, GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT

Next: CONJG, Previous: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.38 `COMPLEX` — Complex conversion function

Description:
  `COMPLEX(X, Y)` returns a complex number where X is converted to the real component and Y is converted to the imaginary component.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = COMPLEX(X, Y)`
Arguments:

  X | The type may be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.
  Y | The type may be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  If X and Y are both of `INTEGER` type, then the return value is of default `COMPLEX` type.

  If X and Y are of `REAL` type, or one is of `REAL` type and one is of `INTEGER` type, then the return value is of `COMPLEX` type with a kind equal to that of the `REAL` argument with the highest precision.

Example:

                program test_complex
                    integer :: i = 42
                    real :: x = 3.14
                    print *, complex(i, x)
                end program test_complex

See also:
  CMPLX

Next: COS, Previous: COMPLEX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.39 `CONJG` — Complex conjugate function

Description:
  `CONJG(Z)` returns the conjugate of Z. If Z is `(x, y)` then the result is `(x, -y)`
Standard:
  F77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `Z = CONJG(Z)`
Arguments:

  Z | The type shall be `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `COMPLEX(*)`.
Example:

                program test_conjg
                    complex :: z = (2.0, 3.0)
                    complex(8) :: dz = (2.71_8, -3.14_8)
                    z= conjg(z)
                    print *, z
                    dz = dconjg(dz)
                    print *, dz
                end program test_conjg

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DCONJG(Z)` | `COMPLEX(8) Z` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension

Next: COSH, Previous: CONJG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.40 `COS` — Cosine function

Description:
  `COS(X)` computes the cosine of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = COS(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it lies in the range -1 \leq \cos (x) \leq 1. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_cos
                  real :: x = 0.0
                  x = cos(x)
                end program test_cos

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DCOS(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later
  `CCOS(X)` | `COMPLEX(4) X` | `COMPLEX(4)` | F77 and later
  `ZCOS(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension
  `CDCOS(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension

See also:
  Inverse function: ACOS

Next: COUNT, Previous: COS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.41 `COSH` — Hyperbolic cosine function

Description:
  `COSH(X)` computes the hyperbolic cosine of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `X = COSH(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and it is positive ( \cosh (x) \geq 0 .
Example:

                program test_cosh
                  real(8) :: x = 1.0_8
                  x = cosh(x)
                end program test_cosh

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DCOSH(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

See also:
  Inverse function: ACOSH

Next: CPU_TIME, Previous: COSH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.42 `COUNT` — Count function

Description:
  `COUNT(MASK [, DIM])` counts the number of `.TRUE.` elements of MASK along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is omitted it is taken to be `1`. DIM is a scaler of type `INTEGER` in the range of 1 /leq DIM /leq n) where n is the rank of MASK.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = COUNT(MASK [, DIM])`
Arguments:

  MASK | The type shall be `LOGICAL`.
  DIM | The type shall be `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` with rank equal to that of MASK.
Example:

                program test_count
                    integer, dimension(2,3) :: a, b
                    logical, dimension(2,3) :: mask
                    a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 /), (/ 2, 3 /))
                    b = reshape( (/ 0, 7, 3, 4, 5, 8 /), (/ 2, 3 /))
                    print '(3i3)', a(1,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(2,:)
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', b(1,:)
                    print '(3i3)', b(2,:)
                    print *
                    mask = a.ne.b
                    print '(3l3)', mask(1,:)
                    print '(3l3)', mask(2,:)
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', count(mask)
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', count(mask, 1)
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', count(mask, 2)
                end program test_count

Next: CSHIFT, Previous: COUNT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.43 `CPU_TIME` — CPU elapsed time in seconds

Description:
  Returns a `REAL(*)` value representing the elapsed CPU time in seconds. This is useful for testing segments of code to determine execution time.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL CPU_TIME(TIME)`
Arguments:

  TIME | The type shall be `REAL(*)` with `INTENT(OUT)`.

Return value:
  None
Example:

                program test_cpu_time
                    real :: start, finish
                    call cpu_time(start)
                        ! put code to test here
                    call cpu_time(finish)
                    print '("Time = ",f6.3," seconds.")',finish-start
                end program test_cpu_time

See also:
  SYSTEM_CLOCK, DATE_AND_TIME

Next: CTIME, Previous: CPU_TIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.44 `CSHIFT` — Circular shift elements of an array

Description:
  `CSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, DIM])` performs a circular shift on elements of ARRAY along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is omitted it is taken to be `1`. DIM is a scaler of type `INTEGER` in the range of 1 /leq DIM /leq n) where n is the rank of ARRAY. If the rank of ARRAY is one, then all elements of ARRAY are shifted by SHIFT places. If rank is greater than one, then all complete rank one sections of ARRAY along the given dimension are shifted. Elements shifted out one end of each rank one section are shifted back in the other end.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = CSHIFT(A, SHIFT [, DIM])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | May be any type, not scaler.
  SHIFT | The type shall be `INTEGER`.
  DIM | The type shall be `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  Returns an array of same type and rank as the ARRAY argument.
Example:

                program test_cshift
                    integer, dimension(3,3) :: a
                    a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 /), (/ 3, 3 /))
                    print '(3i3)', a(1,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(2,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(3,:)
                    a = cshift(a, SHIFT=(/1, 2, -1/), DIM=2)
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', a(1,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(2,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(3,:)
                end program test_cshift

Next: DATE_AND_TIME, Previous: CSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.45 `CTIME` — Convert a time into a string

Description:
  `CTIME` converts a system time value, such as returned by `TIME8()`, to a string of the form ‘`Sat Aug 19 18:13:14 1995`’.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL CTIME(TIME, RESULT)`.
  `RESULT = CTIME(TIME)`, (not recommended).

Arguments:

  TIME | The type shall be of type `INTEGER(KIND=8)`.
  RESULT | The type shall be of type `CHARACTER`.

Return value:
  The converted date and time as a string.
Example:

                program test_ctime
                    integer(8) :: i
                    character(len=30) :: date
                    i = time8()

                    ! Do something, main part of the program

                    call ctime(i,date)
                    print *, 'Program was started on ', date
                end program test_ctime

See Also:
  GMTIME, LTIME, TIME, TIME8

Next: DBLE, Previous: CTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.46 `DATE_AND_TIME` — Date and time subroutine

Description:
  `DATE_AND_TIME(DATE, TIME, ZONE, VALUES)` gets the corresponding date and time information from the real-time system clock. DATE is `INTENT(OUT)` and has form ccyymmdd. TIME is `INTENT(OUT)` and has form hhmmss.sss. ZONE is `INTENT(OUT)` and has form (+-)hhmm, representing the difference with respect to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Unavailable time and date parameters return blanks.

  VALUES is `INTENT(OUT)` and provides the following:

  | `VALUE(1)`: | The year
  | `VALUE(2)`: | The month
  | `VALUE(3)`: | The day of the month
  | `VALUE(4)`: | Time difference with UTC in minutes
  | `VALUE(5)`: | The hour of the day
  | `VALUE(6)`: | The minutes of the hour
  | `VALUE(7)`: | The seconds of the minute
  | `VALUE(8)`: | The milliseconds of the second

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL DATE_AND_TIME([DATE, TIME, ZONE, VALUES])`
Arguments:

  DATE | (Optional) The type shall be `CHARACTER(8)` or larger.
  TIME | (Optional) The type shall be `CHARACTER(10)` or larger.
  ZONE | (Optional) The type shall be `CHARACTER(5)` or larger.
  VALUES | (Optional) The type shall be `INTEGER(8)`.

Return value:
  None
Example:

                program test_time_and_date
                    character(8)  :: date
                    character(10) :: time
                    character(5)  :: zone
                    integer,dimension(8) :: values
                    ! using keyword arguments
                    call date_and_time(date,time,zone,values)
                    call date_and_time(DATE=date,ZONE=zone)
                    call date_and_time(TIME=time)
                    call date_and_time(VALUES=values)
                    print '(a,2x,a,2x,a)', date, time, zone
                    print '(8i5))', values
                end program test_time_and_date

See also:
  CPU_TIME, SYSTEM_CLOCK

Next: DCMPLX, Previous: DATE_AND_TIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.47 `DBLE` — Double conversion function

Description:
  `DBLE(X)` Converts X to double precision real type.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DBLE(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type double precision real.
Example:

                program test_dble
                    real    :: x = 2.18
                    integer :: i = 5
                    complex :: z = (2.3,1.14)
                    print *, dble(x), dble(i), dble(z)
                end program test_dble

See also:
  DFLOAT, FLOAT, REAL

Next: DFLOAT, Previous: DBLE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.48 `DCMPLX` — Double complex conversion function

Description:
  `DCMPLX(X [,Y])` returns a double complex number where X is converted to the real component. If Y is present it is converted to the imaginary component. If Y is not present then the imaginary component is set to 0.0. If X is complex then Y must not be present.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DCMPLX(X [, Y])`
Arguments:

  X | The type may be `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.
  Y | (Optional if X is not `COMPLEX(*)`.) May be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `COMPLEX(8)`
Example:

                program test_dcmplx
                    integer :: i = 42
                    real :: x = 3.14
                    complex :: z
                    z = cmplx(i, x)
                    print *, dcmplx(i)
                    print *, dcmplx(x)
                    print *, dcmplx(z)
                    print *, dcmplx(x,i)
                end program test_dcmplx

Next: DIGITS, Previous: DCMPLX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.49 `DFLOAT` — Double conversion function

Description:
  `DFLOAT(X)` Converts X to double precision real type.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DFLOAT(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type double precision real.
Example:

                program test_dfloat
                    integer :: i = 5
                    print *, dfloat(i)
                end program test_dfloat

See also:
  DBLE, FLOAT, REAL

Next: DIM, Previous: DFLOAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.50 `DIGITS` — Significant digits function

Description:
  `DIGITS(X)` returns the number of significant digits of the internal model representation of X. For example, on a system using a 32-bit floating point representation, a default real number would likely return 24.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DIGITS(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type may be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER`.
Example:

                program test_digits
                    integer :: i = 12345
                    real :: x = 3.143
                    real(8) :: y = 2.33
                    print *, digits(i)
                    print *, digits(x)
                    print *, digits(y)
                end program test_digits

Next: DOT_PRODUCT, Previous: DIGITS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.51 `DIM` — Positive difference

Description:
  `DIM(X,Y)` returns the difference `X-Y` if the result is positive; otherwise returns zero.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DIM(X, Y)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`
  Y | The type shall be the same type and kind as X.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.
Example:

                program test_dim
                    integer :: i
                    real(8) :: x
                    i = dim(4, 15)
                    x = dim(4.345_8, 2.111_8)
                    print *, i
                    print *, x
                end program test_dim

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `IDIM(X,Y)` | `INTEGER(4) X,Y` | `INTEGER(4)` | F77 and later
  `DDIM(X,Y)` | `REAL(8) X,Y` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

Next: DPROD, Previous: DIM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.52 `DOT_PRODUCT` — Dot product function

Description:
  `DOT_PRODUCT(X,Y)` computes the dot product multiplication of two vectors X and Y. The two vectors may be either numeric or logical and must be arrays of rank one and of equal size. If the vectors are `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`, the result is `SUM(X*Y)`. If the vectors are `COMPLEX(*)`, the result is `SUM(CONJG(X)*Y)`. If the vectors are `LOGICAL`, the result is `ANY(X.AND.Y)`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DOT_PRODUCT(X, Y)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be numeric or `LOGICAL`, rank 1.
  Y | The type shall be numeric or `LOGICAL`, rank 1.

Return value:
  If the arguments are numeric, the return value is a scaler of numeric type, `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`. If the arguments are `LOGICAL`, the return value is `.TRUE.` or `.FALSE.`.
Example:

                program test_dot_prod
                    integer, dimension(3) :: a, b
                    a = (/ 1, 2, 3 /)
                    b = (/ 4, 5, 6 /)
                    print '(3i3)', a
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', b
                    print *
                    print *, dot_product(a,b)
                end program test_dot_prod

Next: DREAL, Previous: DOT_PRODUCT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.53 `DPROD` — Double product function

Description:
  `DPROD(X,Y)` returns the product `X*Y`.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DPROD(X, Y)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL`.
  Y | The type shall be `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(8)`.
Example:

                program test_dprod
                    real :: x = 5.2
                    real :: y = 2.3
                    real(8) :: d
                    d = dprod(x,y)
                    print *, d
                end program test_dprod

Next: DTIME, Previous: DPROD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.54 `DREAL` — Double real part function

Description:
  `DREAL(Z)` returns the real part of complex variable Z.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = DREAL(Z)`
Arguments:

  Z | The type shall be `COMPLEX(8)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(8)`.
Example:

                program test_dreal
                    complex(8) :: z = (1.3_8,7.2_8)
                    print *, dreal(z)
                end program test_dreal

See also:
  AIMAG

Next: EOSHIFT, Previous: DREAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.55 `DTIME` — Execution time subroutine (or function)

Description:
  `DTIME(TARRAY, RESULT)` initially returns the number of seconds of runtime since the start of the process's execution in RESULT. TARRAY returns the user and system components of this time in `TARRAY(1)` and `TARRAY(2)` respectively. RESULT is equal to `TARRAY(1) + TARRAY(2)`.

  Subsequent invocations of `DTIME` return values accumulated since the previous invocation.

  On some systems, the underlying timings are represented using types with sufficiently small limits that overflows (wrap around) are possible, such as 32-bit types. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  TARRAY and RESULT are `INTENT(OUT)` and provide the following:

  | `TARRAY(1)`: | User time in seconds.
  | `TARRAY(2)`: | System time in seconds.
  | `RESULT`: | Run time since start in seconds.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL DTIME(TARRAY, RESULT)`.
  `RESULT = DTIME(TARRAY)`, (not recommended).

Arguments:

  TARRAY | The type shall be `REAL, DIMENSION(2)`.
  RESULT | The type shall be `REAL`.

Return value:
  Elapsed time in seconds since the start of program execution.
Example:

                program test_dtime
                    integer(8) :: i, j
                    real, dimension(2) :: tarray
                    real :: result
                    call dtime(tarray, result)
                    print *, result
                    print *, tarray(1)
                    print *, tarray(2)
                    do i=1,100000000    ! Just a delay
                        j = i * i - i
                    end do
                    call dtime(tarray, result)
                    print *, result
                    print *, tarray(1)
                    print *, tarray(2)
                end program test_dtime

Next: EPSILON, Previous: DTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.56 `EOSHIFT` — End-off shift elements of an array

Description:
  `EOSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT[,BOUNDARY, DIM])` performs an end-off shift on elements of ARRAY along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is omitted it is taken to be `1`. DIM is a scaler of type `INTEGER` in the range of 1 /leq DIM /leq n) where n is the rank of ARRAY. If the rank of ARRAY is one, then all elements of ARRAY are shifted by SHIFT places. If rank is greater than one, then all complete rank one sections of ARRAY along the given dimension are shifted. Elements shifted out one end of each rank one section are dropped. If BOUNDARY is present then the corresponding value of from BOUNDARY is copied back in the other end. If BOUNDARY is not present then the following are copied in depending on the type of ARRAY.

  Array Type | Boundary Value
  Numeric | 0 of the type and kind of ARRAY.
  Logical | `.FALSE.`.
  Character(len) | len blanks.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = EOSHIFT(A, SHIFT [, BOUNDARY, DIM])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | May be any type, not scaler.
  SHIFT | The type shall be `INTEGER`.
  BOUNDARY | Same type as ARRAY.
  DIM | The type shall be `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  Returns an array of same type and rank as the ARRAY argument.
Example:

                program test_eoshift
                    integer, dimension(3,3) :: a
                    a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 /), (/ 3, 3 /))
                    print '(3i3)', a(1,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(2,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(3,:)
                    a = EOSHIFT(a, SHIFT=(/1, 2, 1/), BOUNDARY=-5, DIM=2)
                    print *
                    print '(3i3)', a(1,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(2,:)
                    print '(3i3)', a(3,:)
                end program test_eoshift

Next: ERF, Previous: EOSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.57 `EPSILON` — Epsilon function

Description:
  `EPSILON(X)` returns a nearly negligible number relative to `1`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = EPSILON(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of same type as the argument.
Example:

                program test_epsilon
                    real :: x = 3.143
                    real(8) :: y = 2.33
                    print *, EPSILON(x)
                    print *, EPSILON(y)
                end program test_epsilon

Next: ERFC, Previous: EPSILON, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.58 `ERF` — Error function

Description:
  `ERF(X)` computes the error function of X.
Standard:
  GNU Extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ERF(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `REAL(*)` and it is positive ( - 1 \leq erf (x) \leq 1 .
Example:

                program test_erf
                  real(8) :: x = 0.17_8
                  x = erf(x)
                end program test_erf

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DERF(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

Next: ETIME, Previous: ERF, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.59 `ERFC` — Error function

Description:
  `ERFC(X)` computes the complementary error function of X.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ERFC(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`, and it shall be scalar.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `REAL(*)` and it is positive ( 0 \leq erfc (x) \leq 2 .
Example:

                program test_erfc
                  real(8) :: x = 0.17_8
                  x = erfc(x)
                end program test_erfc

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DERFC(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | GNU extension

Next: EXIT, Previous: ERFC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.60 `ETIME` — Execution time subroutine (or function)

Description:
  `ETIME(TARRAY, RESULT)` returns the number of seconds of runtime since the start of the process's execution in RESULT. TARRAY returns the user and system components of this time in `TARRAY(1)` and `TARRAY(2)` respectively. RESULT is equal to `TARRAY(1) + TARRAY(2)`.

  On some systems, the underlying timings are represented using types with sufficiently small limits that overflows (wrap around) are possible, such as 32-bit types. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  TARRAY and RESULT are `INTENT(OUT)` and provide the following:

  | `TARRAY(1)`: | User time in seconds.
  | `TARRAY(2)`: | System time in seconds.
  | `RESULT`: | Run time since start in seconds.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL ETIME(TARRAY, RESULT)`.
  `RESULT = ETIME(TARRAY)`, (not recommended).

Arguments:

  TARRAY | The type shall be `REAL, DIMENSION(2)`.
  RESULT | The type shall be `REAL`.

Return value:
  Elapsed time in seconds since the start of program execution.
Example:

                program test_etime
                    integer(8) :: i, j
                    real, dimension(2) :: tarray
                    real :: result
                    call ETIME(tarray, result)
                    print *, result
                    print *, tarray(1)
                    print *, tarray(2)
                    do i=1,100000000    ! Just a delay
                        j = i * i - i
                    end do
                    call ETIME(tarray, result)
                    print *, result
                    print *, tarray(1)
                    print *, tarray(2)
                end program test_etime

See also:
  CPU_TIME

Next: EXP, Previous: ETIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.61 `EXIT` — Exit the program with status.

Description:
  `EXIT` causes immediate termination of the program with status. If status is omitted it returns the canonical success for the system. All Fortran I/O units are closed.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL EXIT([STATUS])`
Arguments:

  STATUS | Shall be an `INTEGER` of the default kind.

Return value:
  `STATUS` is passed to the parent process on exit.
Example:

                program test_exit
                  integer :: STATUS = 0
                  print *, 'This program is going to exit.'
                  call EXIT(STATUS)
                end program test_exit

See also:
  ABORT, KILL

Next: EXPONENT, Previous: EXIT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.62 `EXP` — Exponential function

Description:
  `EXP(X)` computes the base e exponential of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = EXP(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value has same type and kind as X.
Example:

                program test_exp
                  real :: x = 1.0
                  x = exp(x)
                end program test_exp

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DEXP(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later
  `CEXP(X)` | `COMPLEX(4) X` | `COMPLEX(4)` | F77 and later
  `ZEXP(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension
  `CDEXP(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension

Next: FDATE, Previous: EXP, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.63 `EXPONENT` — Exponent function

Description:
  `EXPONENT(X)` returns the value of the exponent part of X. If X is zero the value returned is zero.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = EXPONENT(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type default `INTEGER`.
Example:

                program test_exponent
                  real :: x = 1.0
                  integer :: i
                  i = exponent(x)
                  print *, i
                  print *, exponent(0.0)
                end program test_exponent

Next: FGET, Previous: EXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.64 `FDATE` — Get the current time as a string

Description:
  `FDATE(DATE)` returns the current date (using the same format as `CTIME`) in DATE. It is equivalent to `CALL CTIME(DATE, TIME())`.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  DATE is an `INTENT(OUT)` `CHARACTER` variable.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL FDATE(DATE)`.
  `DATE = FDATE()`, (not recommended).

Arguments:

  DATE | The type shall be of type `CHARACTER`.

Return value:
  The current date as a string.
Example:

                program test_fdate
                    integer(8) :: i, j
                    character(len=30) :: date
                    call fdate(date)
                    print *, 'Program started on ', date
                    do i = 1, 100000000 ! Just a delay
                        j = i * i - i
                    end do
                    call fdate(date)
                    print *, 'Program ended on ', date
                end program test_fdate

Next: FLOOR, Previous: FGETC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.65 `FLOAT` — Convert integer to default real

Description:
  `FLOAT(I)` converts the integer I to a default real value.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = FLOAT(I)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type default `REAL`.
Example:

                program test_float
                    integer :: i = 1
                    if (float(i) /= 1.) call abort
                end program test_float

See also:
  DBLE, DFLOAT, REAL

Next: FGETC, Previous: FDATE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.66 `FGET` — Read a single character in stream mode from stdin

Description:
  Read a single character in stream mode from stdin by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  Note that the `FGET` intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with `g77`. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL FGET(C [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  C | The type shall be `CHARACTER`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER`. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file, and a system specific positive error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_fget
                  INTEGER, PARAMETER :: strlen = 100
                  INTEGER :: status, i = 1
                  CHARACTER(len=strlen) :: str = ""

                  WRITE (*,*) 'Enter text:'
                  DO
                    CALL fget(str(i:i), status)
                    if (status /= 0 .OR. i > strlen) exit
                    i = i + 1
                  END DO
                  WRITE (*,*) TRIM(str)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  FGETC, FPUT, FPUTC

Next: FLOAT, Previous: FGET, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.67 `FGETC` — Read a single character in stream mode

Description:
  Read a single character in stream mode by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  Note that the `FGET` intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with `g77`. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL FGETC(UNIT, C [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  UNIT | The type shall be `INTEGER`.
  C | The type shall be `CHARACTER`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER`. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file and a system specific positive error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_fgetc
                  INTEGER :: fd = 42, status
                  CHARACTER :: c

                  OPEN(UNIT=fd, FILE="/etc/passwd", ACTION="READ", STATUS = "OLD")
                  DO
                    CALL fgetc(fd, c, status)
                    IF (status /= 0) EXIT
                    call fput(c)
                  END DO
                  CLOSE(UNIT=fd)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  FGET, FPUT, FPUTC

Next: FLUSH, Previous: FLOAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.68 `FLOOR` — Integer floor function

Description:
  `FLOOR(X)` returns the greatest integer less than or equal to X.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = FLOOR(X [, KIND])`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(KIND)`
Example:

                program test_floor
                    real :: x = 63.29
                    real :: y = -63.59
                    print *, floor(x) ! returns 63
                    print *, floor(y) ! returns -64
                end program test_floor

See also:
  CEILING, NINT

Next: FNUM, Previous: FLOOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.69 `FLUSH` — Flush I/O unit(s)

Description:
  Flushes Fortran unit(s) currently open for output. Without the optional argument, all units are flushed, otherwise just the unit specified.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL FLUSH(UNIT)`
Arguments:

  UNIT | (Optional) The type shall be `INTEGER`.

Note:
  Beginning with the Fortran 2003 standard, there is a `FLUSH` statement that should be preferred over the `FLUSH` intrinsic.

Next: FPUT, Previous: FLUSH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.70 `FNUM` — File number function

Description:
  `FNUM(UNIT)` returns the POSIX file descriptor number corresponding to the open Fortran I/O unit `UNIT`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = FNUM(UNIT)`
Arguments:

  UNIT | The type shall be `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER`
Example:

                program test_fnum
                  integer :: i
                  open (unit=10, status = "scratch")
                  i = fnum(10)
                  print *, i
                  close (10)
                end program test_fnum

Next: FPUTC, Previous: FNUM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.71 `FPUT` — Write a single character in stream mode to stdout

Description:
  Write a single character in stream mode to stdout by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  Note that the `FGET` intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with `g77`. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL FPUT(C [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  C | The type shall be `CHARACTER`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER`. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file and a system specific positive error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_fput
                  CHARACTER(len=10) :: str = "gfortran"
                  INTEGER :: i
                  DO i = 1, len_trim(str)
                    CALL fput(str(i:i))
                  END DO
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  FPUTC, FGET, FGETC

Next: FRACTION, Previous: FPUT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.72 `FPUTC` — Write a single character in stream mode

Description:
  Write a single character in stream mode by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

  Note that the `FGET` intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with `g77`. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL FPUTC(UNIT, C [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  UNIT | The type shall be `INTEGER`.
  C | The type shall be `CHARACTER`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER`. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file and a system specific positive error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_fputc
                  CHARACTER(len=10) :: str = "gfortran"
                  INTEGER :: fd = 42, i

                  OPEN(UNIT = fd, FILE = "out", ACTION = "WRITE", STATUS="NEW")
                  DO i = 1, len_trim(str)
                    CALL fputc(fd, str(i:i))
                  END DO
                  CLOSE(fd)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  FPUT, FGET, FGETC

Next: FREE, Previous: FPUTC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.73 `FRACTION` — Fractional part of the model representation

Description:
  `FRACTION(X)` returns the fractional part of the model representation of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `Y = FRACTION(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type of the argument shall be a `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as the argument. The fractional part of the model representation of `X` is returned; it is `X * RADIX(X)**(-EXPONENT(X))`.
Example:

                program test_fraction
                  real :: x
                  x = 178.1387e-4
                  print *, fraction(x), x * radix(x)**(-exponent(x))
                end program test_fraction

Next: FSEEK, Previous: FRACTION, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.74 `FREE` — Frees memory

Description:
  Frees memory previously allocated by `MALLOC()`. The `FREE` intrinsic is an extension intended to be used with Cray pointers, and is provided in GNU Fortran to allow user to compile legacy code. For new code using Fortran 95 pointers, the memory de-allocation intrinsic is `DEALLOCATE`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL FREE(PTR)`
Arguments:

  PTR | The type shall be `INTEGER`. It represents the location of the memory that should be de-allocated.

Return value:
  None
Example:
  See `MALLOC` for an example.
See also:
  MALLOC

Next: FSTAT, Previous: FREE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.75 `FSEEK` — Low level file positioning subroutine

Not yet implemented in GNU Fortran.

Description:
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
Arguments:
Return value:
Example:
Specific names:
See also:
  g77 features lacking in gfortran

Next: FTELL, Previous: FSEEK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.76 `FSTAT` — Get file status

Description:
  `FSTAT` is identical to STAT, except that information about an already opened file is obtained.

  The elements in `BUFF` are the same as described by STAT.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL FSTAT(UNIT, BUFF [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  UNIT | An open I/O unit number of type `INTEGER`.
  BUFF | The type shall be `INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER(4)`. Returns 0 on success and a system specific error code otherwise.

Example:
  See STAT for an example.
See also:
  To stat a link: LSTAT, to stat a file: STAT

Next: GERROR, Previous: FSTAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.77 `FTELL` — Current stream position

Description:
  Retrieves the current position within an open file.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL FTELL(UNIT, OFFSET)`
  `OFFSET = FTELL(UNIT)`

Arguments:

  OFFSET | Shall of type `INTEGER`.
  UNIT | Shall of type `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  In either syntax, OFFSET is set to the current offset of unit number UNIT, or to -1 if the unit is not currently open.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_ftell
                  INTEGER :: i
                  OPEN(10, FILE="temp.dat")
                  CALL ftell(10,i)
                  WRITE(*,*) i
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  FSEEK

Next: GETARG, Previous: FTELL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.78 `GERROR` — Get last system error message

Description:
  Returns the system error message corresponding to the last system error. This resembles the functionality of `strerror(3)` in C.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GERROR(RESULT)`
Arguments:

  RESULT | Shall of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_gerror
                  CHARACTER(len=100) :: msg
                  CALL gerror(msg)
                  WRITE(*,*) msg
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  IERRNO, PERROR

Next: GET_COMMAND, Previous: GERROR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.79 `GETARG` — Get command line arguments

Description:
  Retrieve the Nth argument that was passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT intrinsic defined by the Fortran 2003 standard.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GETARG(N, ARG)`
Arguments:

  N | Shall be of type `INTEGER(4)`, N \geq 0
  ARG | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  After `GETARG` returns, the ARG argument holds the Nth command line argument. If ARG can not hold the argument, it is truncated to fit the length of ARG. If there are less than N arguments specified at the command line, ARG will be filled with blanks. If N = 0, ARG is set to the name of the program (on systems that support this feature).
Example:

                PROGRAM test_getarg
                  INTEGER :: i
                  CHARACTER(len=32) :: arg

                  DO i = 1, iargc()
                    CALL getarg(i, arg)
                    WRITE (*,*) arg
                  END DO
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  GNU Fortran 77 compatibility function: IARGC

  F2003 functions and subroutines: GET_COMMAND, GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT

Next: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, Previous: GETARG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.80 `GET_COMMAND` — Get the entire command line

Description:
  Retrieve the entire command line that was used to invoke the program.
Standard:
  F2003
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GET_COMMAND(CMD)`
Arguments:

  CMD | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  Stores the entire command line that was used to invoke the program in ARG. If ARG is not large enough, the command will be truncated.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_get_command
                  CHARACTER(len=255) :: cmd
                  CALL get_command(cmd)
                  WRITE (*,*) TRIM(cmd)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT

Next: GETCWD, Previous: GET_COMMAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.81 `GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT` — Get command line arguments

Description:
  Retrieve the Nth argument that was passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked.
Standard:
  F2003
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT(N, ARG)`
Arguments:

  N | Shall be of type `INTEGER(4)`, N \geq 0
  ARG | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  After `GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT` returns, the ARG argument holds the Nth command line argument. If ARG can not hold the argument, it is truncated to fit the length of ARG. If there are less than N arguments specified at the command line, ARG will be filled with blanks. If N = 0, ARG is set to the name of the program (on systems that support this feature).
Example:

                PROGRAM test_get_command_argument
                  INTEGER :: i
                  CHARACTER(len=32) :: arg

                  i = 0
                  DO
                    CALL get_command_argument(i, arg)
                    IF (LEN_TRIM(arg) == 0) EXIT

                    WRITE (*,*) TRIM(arg)
                    i = i+1
                  END DO
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  GET_COMMAND, COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT

Next: GETENV, Previous: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.82 `GETCWD` — Get current working directory

Description:
  Get current working directory.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL GETCWD(CWD [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  CWD | The type shall be `CHARACTER(*)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag. Returns 0 on success, a system specific and non-zero error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_getcwd
                  CHARACTER(len=255) :: cwd
                  CALL getcwd(cwd)
                  WRITE(*,*) TRIM(cwd)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  CHDIR

Next: GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE, Previous: GETCWD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.83 `GETENV` — Get an environmental variable

Description:
  Get the VALUE of the environmental variable ENVVAR.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE intrinsic defined by the Fortran 2003 standard.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GETENV(ENVVAR, VALUE)`
Arguments:

  ENVVAR | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  VALUE | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  Stores the value of ENVVAR in VALUE. If VALUE is not large enough to hold the data, it is truncated. If ENVVAR is not set, VALUE will be filled with blanks.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_getenv
                  CHARACTER(len=255) :: homedir
                  CALL getenv("HOME", homedir)
                  WRITE (*,*) TRIM(homedir)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE

Next: GETGID, Previous: GETENV, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.84 `GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE` — Get an environmental variable

Description:
  Get the VALUE of the environmental variable ENVVAR.
Standard:
  F2003
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE(ENVVAR, VALUE)`
Arguments:

  ENVVAR | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  VALUE | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  Stores the value of ENVVAR in VALUE. If VALUE is not large enough to hold the data, it is truncated. If ENVVAR is not set, VALUE will be filled with blanks.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_getenv
                  CHARACTER(len=255) :: homedir
                  CALL get_environment_variable("HOME", homedir)
                  WRITE (*,*) TRIM(homedir)
                END PROGRAM

Next: GETLOG, Previous: GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.85 `GETGID` — Group ID function

Description:
  Returns the numerical group ID of the current process.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = GETGID()`
Return value:
  The return value of `GETGID` is an `INTEGER` of the default kind.
Example:
  See `GETPID` for an example.
See also:
  GETPID, GETUID

Next: GETPID, Previous: GETGID, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.86 `GETLOG` — Get login name

Description:
  Gets the username under which the program is running.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GETLOG(LOGIN)`
Arguments:

  LOGIN | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  Stores the current user name in LOGIN. (On systems where the `getlogin(3)` function is not implemented, this will return a blank string.)
Example:

                PROGRAM TEST_GETLOG
                  CHARACTER(32) :: login
                  CALL GETLOG(login)
                  WRITE(*,*) login
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  GETUID

Next: GETUID, Previous: GETLOG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.87 `GETPID` — Process ID function

Description:
  Returns the numerical process identifier of the current process.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = GETPID()`
Return value:
  The return value of `GETPID` is an `INTEGER` of the default kind.
Example:

                program info
                  print *, "The current process ID is ", getpid()
                  print *, "Your numerical user ID is ", getuid()
                  print *, "Your numerical group ID is ", getgid()
                end program info

See also:
  GETGID, GETUID

Next: GMTIME, Previous: GETPID, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.88 `GETUID` — User ID function

Description:
  Returns the numerical user ID of the current process.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = GETUID()`
Return value:
  The return value of `GETUID` is an `INTEGER` of the default kind.
Example:
  See `GETPID` for an example.
See also:
  GETPID, GETLOG

Next: HOSTNM, Previous: GETUID, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.89 `GMTIME` — Convert time to GMT info

Description:
  Given a system time value STIME (as provided by the `TIME8()` intrinsic), fills TARRAY with values extracted from it appropriate to the UTC time zone (Universal Coordinated Time, also known in some countries as GMT, Greenwich Mean Time), using `gmtime(3)`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL GMTIME(STIME, TARRAY)`
Arguments:

  STIME | An `INTEGER(*)` scalar expression corresponding to a system time, with `INTENT(IN)`.
  TARRAY | A default `INTEGER` array with 9 elements, with `INTENT(OUT)`.

Return value:
  The elements of TARRAY are assigned as follows:
  1. Seconds after the minute, range 0–59 or 0–61 to allow for leap seconds
  2. Minutes after the hour, range 0–59
  3. Hours past midnight, range 0–23
  4. Day of month, range 0–31
  5. Number of months since January, range 0–12
  6. Years since 1900
  7. Number of days since Sunday, range 0–6
  8. Days since January 1
  9. Daylight savings indicator: positive if daylight savings is in effect, zero if not, and negative if the information is not available.
See also:
  CTIME, LTIME, TIME, TIME8

Next: HUGE, Previous: GMTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.90 `HOSTNM` — Get system host name

Description:
  Retrieves the host name of the system on which the program is running.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL HOSTNM(NAME[, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = HOSTNM(NAME)`

Arguments:

  NAME | Shall of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER`. Returns 0 on success, or a system specific error code otherwise.

Return value:
  In either syntax, NAME is set to the current hostname if it can be obtained, or to a blank string otherwise.

Next: IACHAR, Previous: HOSTNM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.91 `HUGE` — Largest number of a kind

Description:
  `HUGE(X)` returns the largest number that is not an infinity in the model of the type of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = HUGE(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL` or `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as X
Example:

                program test_huge_tiny
                  print *, huge(0), huge(0.0), huge(0.0d0)
                  print *, tiny(0.0), tiny(0.0d0)
                end program test_huge_tiny

Next: IAND, Previous: HUGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.92 `IACHAR` — Code in ASCII collating sequence

Description:
  `IACHAR(C)` returns the code for the ASCII character in the first character position of `C`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IACHAR(C)`
Arguments:

  C | Shall be a scalar `CHARACTER`, with `INTENT(IN)`

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                program test_iachar
                  integer i
                  i = iachar(' ')
                end program test_iachar

Note:
  See ICHAR for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations.
See also:
  ACHAR, CHAR, ICHAR

Next: IARGC, Previous: IACHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.93 `IAND` — Bitwise logical and

Description:
  Bitwise logical `AND`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IAND(I, J)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  J | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as I. (As a GNU extension, different kinds are also permitted.)

Return value:
  The return type is `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as the arguments. (If the argument kinds differ, it is of the same kind as the larger argument.)
Example:

                PROGRAM test_iand
                  INTEGER :: a, b
                  DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' /
                  WRITE (*,*) IAND(a, b)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  IOR, IEOR, IBITS, IBSET, IBCLR, NOT

Next: IBCLR, Previous: IAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.94 `IARGC` — Get the number of command line arguments

Description:
  `IARGC()` returns the number of arguments passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT intrinsic defined by the Fortran 2003 standard.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IARGC()`
Arguments:
  None.
Return value:
  The number of command line arguments, type `INTEGER(4)`.
Example:
  See GETARG
See also:
  GNU Fortran 77 compatibility subroutine: GETARG

  F2003 functions and subroutines: GET_COMMAND, GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT

Next: IBITS, Previous: IARGC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.95 `IBCLR` — Clear bit

Description:
  `IBCLR` returns the value of I with the bit at position POS set to zero.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IBCLR(I, POS)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  POS | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  IBITS, IBSET, IAND, IOR, IEOR, MVBITS

Next: IBSET, Previous: IBCLR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.96 `IBITS` — Bit extraction

Description:
  `IBITS` extracts a field of length LEN from I, starting from bit position POS and extending left for LEN bits. The result is right-justified and the remaining bits are zeroed. The value of `POS+LEN` must be less than or equal to the value `BIT_SIZE(I)`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IBITS(I, POS, LEN)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  POS | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  LEN | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  BIT_SIZE, IBCLR, IBSET, IAND, IOR, IEOR

Next: ICHAR, Previous: IBITS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.97 `IBSET` — Set bit

Description:
  `IBSET` returns the value of I with the bit at position POS set to one.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IBSET(I, POS)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  POS | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  IBCLR, IBITS, IAND, IOR, IEOR, MVBITS

Next: IDATE, Previous: IBSET, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.98 `ICHAR` — Character-to-integer conversion function

Description:
  `ICHAR(C)` returns the code for the character in the first character position of `C` in the system's native character set. The correspondence between characters and their codes is not necessarily the same across different GNU Fortran implementations.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ICHAR(C)`
Arguments:

  C | Shall be a scalar `CHARACTER`, with `INTENT(IN)`

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                program test_ichar
                  integer i
                  i = ichar(' ')
                end program test_ichar

Note:
  No intrinsic exists to convert between a numeric value and a formatted character string representation – for instance, given the `CHARACTER` value `'154'`, obtaining an `INTEGER` or `REAL` value with the value 154, or vice versa. Instead, this functionality is provided by internal-file I/O, as in the following example:

                program read_val
                  integer value
                  character(len=10) string, string2
                  string = '154'

                  ! Convert a string to a numeric value
                  read (string,'(I10)') value
                  print *, value

                  ! Convert a value to a formatted string
                  write (string2,'(I10)') value
                  print *, string2
                end program read_val

See also:
  ACHAR, CHAR, IACHAR

Next: IEOR, Previous: ICHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.99 `IDATE` — Get current local time subroutine (day/month/year)

Description:
  `IDATE(TARRAY)` Fills TARRAY with the numerical values at the current local time. The day (in the range 1-31), month (in the range 1-12), and year appear in elements 1, 2, and 3 of TARRAY, respectively. The year has four significant digits.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL IDATE(TARRAY)`
Arguments:

  TARRAY | The type shall be `INTEGER, DIMENSION(3)` and the kind shall be the default integer kind.

Return value:
  Does not return.
Example:

                program test_idate
                  integer, dimension(3) :: tarray
                  call idate(tarray)
                  print *, tarray(1)
                  print *, tarray(2)
                  print *, tarray(3)
                end program test_idate

Next: IERRNO, Previous: IDATE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.100 `IEOR` — Bitwise logical exclusive or

Description:
  `IEOR` returns the bitwise boolean exclusive-OR of I and J.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IEOR(I, J)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  J | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as I. (As a GNU extension, different kinds are also permitted.)

Return value:
  The return type is `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as the arguments. (If the argument kinds differ, it is of the same kind as the larger argument.)
See also:
  IOR, IAND, IBITS, IBSET, IBCLR, NOT

Next: INDEX, Previous: IEOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.101 `IERRNO` — Get the last system error number

Description:
  Returns the last system error number, as given by the C `errno()` function.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IERRNO()`
Arguments:
  None.
Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
See also:
  PERROR

Next: INT, Previous: IERRNO, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.102 `INDEX` — Position of a substring within a string

Description:
  Returns the position of the start of the first occurrence of string SUBSTRING as a substring in STRING, counting from one. If SUBSTRING is not present in STRING, zero is returned. If the BACK argument is present and true, the return value is the start of the last occurrence rather than the first.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = INDEX(STRING, SUBSTRING [, BACK])`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be a scalar `CHARACTER(*)`, with `INTENT(IN)`
  SUBSTRING | Shall be a scalar `CHARACTER(*)`, with `INTENT(IN)`
  BACK | (Optional) Shall be a scalar `LOGICAL(*)`, with `INTENT(IN)`

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
See also:
  SCAN, VERIFY

Next: INT2, Previous: INDEX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.103 `INT` — Convert to integer type

Description:
  Convert to integer type
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = INT(A [, KIND))`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  These functions return a `INTEGER(*)` variable or array under the following rules:
  (A)
    If A is of type `INTEGER(*)`, `INT(A) = A`
  (B)
    If A is of type `REAL(*)` and |A| < 1, `INT(A)` equals `0`. If |A| \geq 1, then `INT(A)` equals the largest integer that does not exceed the range of A and whose sign is the same as the sign of A.
  (C)
    If A is of type `COMPLEX(*)`, rule B is applied to the real part of A.
Example:

                program test_int
                  integer :: i = 42
                  complex :: z = (-3.7, 1.0)
                  print *, int(i)
                  print *, int(z), int(z,8)
                end program

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `IFIX(A)` | `REAL(4) A` | `INTEGER` | F77 and later
  `IDINT(A)` | `REAL(8) A` | `INTEGER` | F77 and later

Next: INT8, Previous: INT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.104 `INT2` — Convert to 16-bit integer type

Description:
  Convert to a `KIND=2` integer type. This is equivalent to the standard `INT` intrinsic with an optional argument of `KIND=2`, and is only included for backwards compatibility.

  The `SHORT` intrinsic is equivalent to `INT2`.

Standard:
  GNU extension.
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = INT2(A)`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is a `INTEGER(2)` variable.
See also:
  INT, INT8, LONG

Next: IOR, Previous: INT2, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.105 `INT8` — Convert to 64-bit integer type

Description:
  Convert to a `KIND=8` integer type. This is equivalent to the standard `INT` intrinsic with an optional argument of `KIND=8`, and is only included for backwards compatibility.
Standard:
  GNU extension.
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = INT8(A)`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is a `INTEGER(8)` variable.
See also:
  INT, INT2, LONG

Next: IRAND, Previous: INT8, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.106 `IOR` — Bitwise logical or

Description:
  `IEOR` returns the bitwise boolean OR of I and J.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IEOR(I, J)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  J | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as I. (As a GNU extension, different kinds are also permitted.)

Return value:
  The return type is `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as the arguments. (If the argument kinds differ, it is of the same kind as the larger argument.)
See also:
  IEOR, IAND, IBITS, IBSET, IBCLR, NOT

Next: ISATTY, Previous: IOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.107 `IRAND` — Integer pseudo-random number

Description:
  `IRAND(FLAG)` returns a pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution between 0 and a system-dependent limit (which is in most cases 2147483647). If FLAG is 0, the next number in the current sequence is returned; if FLAG is 1, the generator is restarted by `CALL SRAND(0)`; if FLAG has any other value, it is used as a new seed with `SRAND`.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. It implements a simple modulo generator as provided by `g77`. For new code, one should consider the use of RANDOM_NUMBER as it implements a superior algorithm.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = IRAND(FLAG)`
Arguments:

  FLAG | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER` of kind 4.

Return value:
  The return value is of `INTEGER(kind=4)` type.
Example:

                program test_irand
                  integer,parameter :: seed = 86456

                  call srand(seed)
                  print *, irand(), irand(), irand(), irand()
                  print *, irand(seed), irand(), irand(), irand()
                end program test_irand

Next: ISHFT, Previous: IRAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.108 `ISATTY` — Whether a unit is a terminal device.

Description:
  Determine whether a unit is connected to a terminal device.
Standard:
  GNU extension.
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ISATTY(UNIT)`
Arguments:

  UNIT | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  Returns `.TRUE.` if the UNIT is connected to a terminal device, `.FALSE.` otherwise.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_isatty
                  INTEGER(kind=1) :: unit
                  DO unit = 1, 10
                    write(*,*) isatty(unit=unit)
                  END DO
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  TTYNAM

Next: ISHFTC, Previous: ISATTY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.109 `ISHFT` — Shift bits

Description:
  `ISHFT` returns a value corresponding to I with all of the bits shifted SHIFT places. A value of SHIFT greater than zero corresponds to a left shift, a value of zero corresponds to no shift, and a value less than zero corresponds to a right shift. If the absolute value of SHIFT is greater than `BIT_SIZE(I)`, the value is undefined. Bits shifted out from the left end or right end are lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ISHFT(I, SHIFT)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  SHIFT | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  ISHFTC

Next: ITIME, Previous: ISHFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.110 `ISHFTC` — Shift bits circularly

Description:
  `ISHFTC` returns a value corresponding to I with the rightmost SIZE bits shifted circularly SHIFT places; that is, bits shifted out one end are shifted into the opposite end. A value of SHIFT greater than zero corresponds to a left shift, a value of zero corresponds to no shift, and a value less than zero corresponds to a right shift. The absolute value of SHIFT must be less than SIZE. If the SIZE argument is omitted, it is taken to be equivalent to `BIT_SIZE(I)`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = ISHFTC(I, SHIFT [, SIZE])`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  SHIFT | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  SIZE | (Optional) The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`; the value must be greater than zero and less than or equal to `BIT_SIZE(I)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  ISHFT

Next: KILL, Previous: ISHFTC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.111 `ITIME` — Get current local time subroutine (hour/minutes/seconds)

Description:
  `IDATE(TARRAY)` Fills TARRAY with the numerical values at the current local time. The hour (in the range 1-24), minute (in the range 1-60), and seconds (in the range 1-60) appear in elements 1, 2, and 3 of TARRAY, respectively.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL ITIME(TARRAY)`
Arguments:

  TARRAY | The type shall be `INTEGER, DIMENSION(3)` and the kind shall be the default integer kind.

Return value:
  Does not return.
Example:

                program test_itime
                  integer, dimension(3) :: tarray
                  call itime(tarray)
                  print *, tarray(1)
                  print *, tarray(2)
                  print *, tarray(3)
                end program test_itime

Next: KIND, Previous: ITIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.112 `KILL` — Send a signal to a process

Description:
Standard:
  Sends the signal specified by SIGNAL to the process PID. See `kill(2)`.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL KILL(PID, SIGNAL [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  PID | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER`, with `INTENT(IN)`
  SIGNAL | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER`, with `INTENT(IN)`
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER(4)` or `INTEGER(8)`. Returns 0 on success, or a system-specific error code otherwise.

See also:
  ABORT, EXIT

Next: LBOUND, Previous: KILL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.113 `KIND` — Kind of an entity

Description:
  `KIND(X)` returns the kind value of the entity X.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `K = KIND(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `LOGICAL`, `INTEGER`, `REAL`, `COMPLEX` or `CHARACTER`.

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                program test_kind
                  integer,parameter :: kc = kind(' ')
                  integer,parameter :: kl = kind(.true.)

                  print *, "The default character kind is ", kc
                  print *, "The default logical kind is ", kl
                end program test_kind

Next: LEN, Previous: KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.114 `LBOUND` — Lower dimension bounds of an array

Description:
  Returns the lower bounds of an array, or a single lower bound along the DIM dimension.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LBOUND(ARRAY [, DIM])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array, of any type.
  DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  If DIM is absent, the result is an array of the lower bounds of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is a scalar corresponding to the lower bound of the array along that dimension. If ARRAY is an expression rather than a whole array or array structure component, or if it has a zero extent along the relevant dimension, the lower bound is taken to be 1.
See also:
  UBOUND

Next: LEN_TRIM, Previous: LBOUND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.115 `LEN` — Length of a character entity

Description:
  Returns the length of a character string. If STRING is an array, the length of an element of STRING is returned. Note that STRING need not be defined when this intrinsic is invoked, since only the length, not the content, of STRING is needed.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `L = LEN(STRING)`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be a scalar or array of type `CHARACTER(*)`, with `INTENT(IN)`

Return value:
  The return value is an `INTEGER` of the default kind.
See also:
  LEN_TRIM, ADJUSTL, ADJUSTR

Next: LGE, Previous: LEN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.116 `LEN_TRIM` — Length of a character entity without trailing blank characters

Description:
  Returns the length of a character string, ignoring any trailing blanks.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LEN_TRIM(STRING)`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be a scalar of type `CHARACTER(*)`, with `INTENT(IN)`

Return value:
  The return value is an `INTEGER` of the default kind.
See also:
  LEN, ADJUSTL, ADJUSTR

Next: LGT, Previous: LEN_TRIM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.117 `LGE` — Lexical greater than or equal

Description:
  Determines whether one string is lexically greater than or equal to another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.

  In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics `LGE`, `LGT`, `LLE`, and `LLT` differ from the corresponding intrinsic operators `.GE.`, `.GT.`, `.LE.`, and `.LT.`, in that the latter use the processor's character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering.

Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LGE(STRING_A, STRING_B)`
Arguments:

  STRING_A | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STRING_B | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.

Return value:
  Returns `.TRUE.` if `STRING_A >= STRING_B`, and `.FALSE.` otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
See also:
  LGT, LLE, LLT

Next: LINK, Previous: LGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.118 `LGT` — Lexical greater than

Description:
  Determines whether one string is lexically greater than another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.

  In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics `LGE`, `LGT`, `LLE`, and `LLT` differ from the corresponding intrinsic operators `.GE.`, `.GT.`, `.LE.`, and `.LT.`, in that the latter use the processor's character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering.

Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LGT(STRING_A, STRING_B)`
Arguments:

  STRING_A | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STRING_B | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.

Return value:
  Returns `.TRUE.` if `STRING_A > STRING_B`, and `.FALSE.` otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
See also:
  LGE, LLE, LLT

Next: LLE, Previous: LGT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.119 `LINK` — Create a hard link

Description:
  Makes a (hard) link from file PATH1 to PATH2. A null character (`CHAR(0)`) can be used to mark the end of the names in PATH1 and PATH2; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see `link(2)`.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL LINK(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = LINK(PATH1, PATH2)`

Arguments:

  PATH1 | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  PATH2 | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default `INTEGER` type.

See also:
  SYMLNK, UNLINK

Next: LLT, Previous: LINK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.120 `LLE` — Lexical less than or equal

Description:
  Determines whether one string is lexically less than or equal to another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.

  In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics `LGE`, `LGT`, `LLE`, and `LLT` differ from the corresponding intrinsic operators `.GE.`, `.GT.`, `.LE.`, and `.LT.`, in that the latter use the processor's character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering.

Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LLE(STRING_A, STRING_B)`
Arguments:

  STRING_A | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STRING_B | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.

Return value:
  Returns `.TRUE.` if `STRING_A <= STRING_B`, and `.FALSE.` otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
See also:
  LGE, LGT, LLT

Next: LNBLNK, Previous: LLE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.121 `LLT` — Lexical less than

Description:
  Determines whether one string is lexically less than another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.

  In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics `LGE`, `LGT`, `LLE`, and `LLT` differ from the corresponding intrinsic operators `.GE.`, `.GT.`, `.LE.`, and `.LT.`, in that the latter use the processor's character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering.

Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LLT(STRING_A, STRING_B)`
Arguments:

  STRING_A | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STRING_B | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.

Return value:
  Returns `.TRUE.` if `STRING_A < STRING_B`, and `.FALSE.` otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
See also:
  LGE, LGT, LLE

Next: LOC, Previous: LLT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.122 `LNBLNK` — Index of the last non-blank character in a string

Description:
  Returns the length of a character string, ignoring any trailing blanks. This is identical to the standard `LEN_TRIM` intrinsic, and is only included for backwards compatibility.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LNBLNK(STRING)`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be a scalar of type `CHARACTER(*)`, with `INTENT(IN)`

Return value:
  The return value is of `INTEGER(kind=4)` type.
See also:
  INDEX, LEN_TRIM

Next: LOG, Previous: LNBLNK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.123 `LOC` — Returns the address of a variable

Description:
  `LOC(X)` returns the address of X as an integer.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LOC(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Variable of any type.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER`, with a `KIND` corresponding to the size (in bytes) of a memory address on the target machine.
Example:

                program test_loc
                  integer :: i
                  real :: r
                  i = loc(r)
                  print *, i
                end program test_loc

Next: LOG10, Previous: LOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.124 `LOG` — Logarithm function

Description:
  `LOG(X)` computes the logarithm of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LOG(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_log
                  real(8) :: x = 1.0_8
                  complex :: z = (1.0, 2.0)
                  x = log(x)
                  z = log(z)
                end program test_log

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `ALOG(X)` | `REAL(4) X` | `REAL(4)` | f95, gnu
  `DLOG(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | f95, gnu
  `CLOG(X)` | `COMPLEX(4) X` | `COMPLEX(4)` | f95, gnu
  `ZLOG(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | f95, gnu
  `CDLOG(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | f95, gnu

Next: LOGICAL, Previous: LOG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.125 `LOG10` — Base 10 logarithm function

Description:
  `LOG10(X)` computes the base 10 logarithm of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LOG10(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_log10
                  real(8) :: x = 10.0_8
                  x = log10(x)
                end program test_log10

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `ALOG10(X)` | `REAL(4) X` | `REAL(4)` | F95 and later
  `DLOG10(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later

Next: LONG, Previous: LOG10, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.126 `LOGICAL` — Convert to logical type

Description:
  Converts one kind of `LOGICAL` variable to another.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LOGICAL(L [, KIND])`
Arguments:

  L | The type shall be `LOGICAL(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  The return value is a `LOGICAL` value equal to L, with a kind corresponding to KIND, or of the default logical kind if KIND is not given.
See also:
  INT, REAL, CMPLX

Next: LSHIFT, Previous: LOGICAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.127 `LONG` — Convert to integer type

Description:
  Convert to a `KIND=4` integer type, which is the same size as a C `long` integer. This is equivalent to the standard `INT` intrinsic with an optional argument of `KIND=4`, and is only included for backwards compatibility.
Standard:
  GNU extension.
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LONG(A)`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is a `INTEGER(4)` variable.
See also:
  INT, INT2, INT8

Next: LSTAT, Previous: LONG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.128 `LSHIFT` — Left shift bits

Description:
  `LSHIFT` returns a value corresponding to I with all of the bits shifted left by SHIFT places. If the absolute value of SHIFT is greater than `BIT_SIZE(I)`, the value is undefined. Bits shifted out from the left end are lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end.

  This function has been superseded by the `ISHFT` intrinsic, which is standard in Fortran 95 and later.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = LSHIFT(I, SHIFT)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  SHIFT | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  ISHFT, ISHFTC, RSHIFT

Next: LTIME, Previous: LSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.129 `LSTAT` — Get file status

Description:
  `LSTAT` is identical to STAT, except that if path is a symbolic link, then the link itself is statted, not the file that it refers to.

  The elements in `BUFF` are the same as described by STAT.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL LSTAT(FILE, BUFF [, STATUS])`
Arguments:

  FILE | The type shall be `CHARACTER(*)`, a valid path within the file system.
  BUFF | The type shall be `INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER(4)`. Returns 0 on success and a system specific error code otherwise.

Example:
  See STAT for an example.
See also:
  To stat an open file: FSTAT, to stat a file: STAT

Next: MALLOC, Previous: LSTAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.130 `LTIME` — Convert time to local time info

Description:
  Given a system time value STIME (as provided by the `TIME8()` intrinsic), fills TARRAY with values extracted from it appropriate to the local time zone using `localtime(3)`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL LTIME(STIME, TARRAY)`
Arguments:

  STIME | An `INTEGER(*)` scalar expression corresponding to a system time, with `INTENT(IN)`.
  TARRAY | A default `INTEGER` array with 9 elements, with `INTENT(OUT)`.

Return value:
  The elements of TARRAY are assigned as follows:
  1. Seconds after the minute, range 0–59 or 0–61 to allow for leap seconds
  2. Minutes after the hour, range 0–59
  3. Hours past midnight, range 0–23
  4. Day of month, range 0–31
  5. Number of months since January, range 0–12
  6. Years since 1900
  7. Number of days since Sunday, range 0–6
  8. Days since January 1
  9. Daylight savings indicator: positive if daylight savings is in effect, zero if not, and negative if the information is not available.
See also:
  CTIME, GMTIME, TIME, TIME8

Next: MATMUL, Previous: LTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.131 `MALLOC` — Allocate dynamic memory

Description:
  `MALLOC(SIZE)` allocates SIZE bytes of dynamic memory and returns the address of the allocated memory. The `MALLOC` intrinsic is an extension intended to be used with Cray pointers, and is provided in GNU Fortran to allow the user to compile legacy code. For new code using Fortran 95 pointers, the memory allocation intrinsic is `ALLOCATE`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `PTR = MALLOC(SIZE)`
Arguments:

  SIZE | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(K)`, with K such that variables of type `INTEGER(K)` have the same size as C pointers (`sizeof(void *)`).
Example:
  The following example demonstrates the use of `MALLOC` and `FREE` with Cray pointers. This example is intended to run on 32-bit systems, where the default integer kind is suitable to store pointers; on 64-bit systems, ptr_x would need to be declared as `integer(kind=8)`.

                program test_malloc
                  integer i
                  integer ptr_x
                  real*8 x(*), z
                  pointer(ptr_x,x)

                  ptr_x = malloc(20*8)
                  do i = 1, 20
                    x(i) = sqrt(1.0d0 / i)
                  end do
                  z = 0
                  do i = 1, 20
                    z = z + x(i)
                    print *, z
                  end do
                  call free(ptr_x)
                end program test_malloc

See also:
  FREE

Next: MAX, Previous: MALLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.132 `MATMUL` — matrix multiplication

Description:
  Performs a matrix multiplication on numeric or logical arguments.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MATMUL(MATRIX_A, MATRIX_B)`
Arguments:

  MATRIX_A | An array of `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, `COMPLEX(*)`, or `LOGICAL(*)` type, with a rank of one or two.
  MATRIX_B | An array of `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)` type if MATRIX_A is of a numeric type; otherwise, an array of `LOGICAL(*)` type. The rank shall be one or two, and the first (or only) dimension of MATRIX_B shall be equal to the last (or only) dimension of MATRIX_A.

Return value:
  The matrix product of MATRIX_A and MATRIX_B. The type and kind of the result follow the usual type and kind promotion rules, as for the `*` or `.AND.` operators.
See also:

Next: MAXEXPONENT, Previous: MATMUL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.133 `MAX` — Maximum value of an argument list

Description:
  Returns the argument with the largest (most positive) value.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MAX(A1, A2 [, A3 [, ...]])`
Arguments:

  A1 | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.
  A2, A3, ... | An expression of the same type and kind as A1. (As a GNU extension, arguments of different kinds are permitted.)

Return value:
  The return value corresponds to the maximum value among the arguments, and has the same type and kind as the first argument.
Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `MAX0(I)` | `INTEGER(4) I` | `INTEGER(4)` | F77 and later
  `AMAX0(I)` | `INTEGER(4) I` | `REAL(MAX(X))` | F77 and later
  `MAX1(X)` | `REAL(*) X` | `INT(MAX(X))` | F77 and later
  `AMAX1(X)` | `REAL(4) X` | `REAL(4)` | F77 and later
  `DMAX1(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

See also:
  MAXLOC MAXVAL, MIN

Next: MAXLOC, Previous: MAX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.134 `MAXEXPONENT` — Maximum exponent of a real kind

Description:
  `MAXEXPONENT(X)` returns the maximum exponent in the model of the type of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MAXEXPONENT(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                program exponents
                  real(kind=4) :: x
                  real(kind=8) :: y

                  print *, minexponent(x), maxexponent(x)
                  print *, minexponent(y), maxexponent(y)
                end program exponents

Next: MAXVAL, Previous: MAXEXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.135 `MAXLOC` — Location of the maximum value within an array

Description:
  Determines the location of the element in the array with the maximum value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the locations of the maximum element along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is `.TRUE.` are considered. If more than one element in the array has the maximum value, the location returned is that of the first such element in array element order. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are `.FALSE.`, then the result is an array of zeroes. Similarly, if DIM is supplied and all of the elements of MASK along a given row are zero, the result value for that row is zero.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:

  `RESULT = MAXLOC(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK])`
  `RESULT = MAXLOC(ARRAY [, MASK])`

Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `CHARACTER(*)`.
  DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER(*)`, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument.
  MASK | Shall be an array of type `LOGICAL(*)`, and conformable with ARRAY.

Return value:
  If DIM is absent, the result is a rank-one array with a length equal to the rank of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. If DIM is present and ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. In all cases, the result is of default `INTEGER` type.
See also:
  MAX, MAXVAL

Next: MCLOCK, Previous: MAXLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.136 `MAXVAL` — Maximum value of an array

Description:
  Determines the maximum value of the elements in an array value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the maximum value along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is `.TRUE.` are considered. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are `.FALSE.`, then the result is the most negative number of the type and kind of ARRAY if ARRAY is numeric, or a string of nulls if ARRAY is of character type.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:

  `RESULT = MAXVAL(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK])`
  `RESULT = MAXVAL(ARRAY [, MASK])`

Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `CHARACTER(*)`.
  DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER(*)`, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument.
  MASK | Shall be an array of type `LOGICAL(*)`, and conformable with ARRAY.

Return value:
  If DIM is absent, or if ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. In all cases, the result is of the same type and kind as ARRAY.
See also:
  MAX, MAXLOC

Next: MCLOCK8, Previous: MAXVAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.137 `MCLOCK` — Time function

Description:
  Returns the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, based on the UNIX function `clock(3)`.

  This intrinsic is not fully portable, such as to systems with 32-bit `INTEGER` types but supporting times wider than 32 bits. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MCLOCK()`
Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `INTEGER(4)`, equal to the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, or `-1` if the system does not support `clock(3)`.
See also:
  CTIME, GMTIME, LTIME, MCLOCK, TIME

Next: MERGE, Previous: MCLOCK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.138 `MCLOCK8` — Time function (64-bit)

Description:
  Returns the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, based on the UNIX function `clock(3)`.

  Warning: this intrinsic does not increase the range of the timing values over that returned by `clock(3)`. On a system with a 32-bit `clock(3)`, `MCLOCK8()` will return a 32-bit value, even though it is converted to a 64-bit `INTEGER(8)` value. That means overflows of the 32-bit value can still occur. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be or become negative or numerically less than previous values during a single run of the compiled program.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MCLOCK8()`
Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `INTEGER(8)`, equal to the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, or `-1` if the system does not support `clock(3)`.
See also:
  CTIME, GMTIME, LTIME, MCLOCK, TIME8

Next: MIN, Previous: MCLOCK8, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.139 `MERGE` — Merge variables

Description:
  Select values from two arrays according to a logical mask. The result is equal to TSOURCE if MASK is `.TRUE.`, or equal to FSOURCE if it is `.FALSE.`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MERGE(TSOURCE, FSOURCE, MASK)`
Arguments:

  TSOURCE | May be of any type.
  FSOURCE | Shall be of the same type and type parameters as TSOURCE.
  MASK | Shall be of type `LOGICAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The result is of the same type and type parameters as TSOURCE.

Next: MINEXPONENT, Previous: MERGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.140 `MIN` — Minimum value of an argument list

Description:
  Returns the argument with the smallest (most negative) value.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MIN(A1, A2 [, A3, ...])`
Arguments:

  A1 | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)` or `REAL(*)`.
  A2, A3, ... | An expression of the same type and kind as A1. (As a GNU extension, arguments of different kinds are permitted.)

Return value:
  The return value corresponds to the maximum value among the arguments, and has the same type and kind as the first argument.
Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `MIN0(I)` | `INTEGER(4) I` | `INTEGER(4)` | F77 and later
  `AMIN0(I)` | `INTEGER(4) I` | `REAL(MIN(X))` | F77 and later
  `MIN1(X)` | `REAL(*) X` | `INT(MIN(X))` | F77 and later
  `AMIN1(X)` | `REAL(4) X` | `REAL(4)` | F77 and later
  `DMIN1(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F77 and later

See also:
  MAX, MINLOC, MINVAL

Next: MINLOC, Previous: MIN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.141 `MINEXPONENT` — Minimum exponent of a real kind

Description:
  `MINEXPONENT(X)` returns the minimum exponent in the model of the type of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MINEXPONENT(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:
  See `MAXEXPONENT` for an example.

Next: MINVAL, Previous: MINEXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.142 `MINLOC` — Location of the minimum value within an array

Description:
  Determines the location of the element in the array with the minimum value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the locations of the minimum element along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is `.TRUE.` are considered. If more than one element in the array has the minimum value, the location returned is that of the first such element in array element order. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are `.FALSE.`, then the result is an array of zeroes. Similarly, if DIM is supplied and all of the elements of MASK along a given row are zero, the result value for that row is zero.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:

  `RESULT = MINLOC(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK])`
  `RESULT = MINLOC(ARRAY [, MASK])`

Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `CHARACTER(*)`.
  DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER(*)`, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument.
  MASK | Shall be an array of type `LOGICAL(*)`, and conformable with ARRAY.

Return value:
  If DIM is absent, the result is a rank-one array with a length equal to the rank of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. If DIM is present and ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. In all cases, the result is of default `INTEGER` type.
See also:
  MIN, MINVAL

Next: MOD, Previous: MINLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.143 `MINVAL` — Minimum value of an array

Description:
  Determines the minimum value of the elements in an array value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the minimum value along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is `.TRUE.` are considered. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are `.FALSE.`, then the result is `HUGE(ARRAY)` if ARRAY is numeric, or a string of `CHAR(255)` characters if ARRAY is of character type.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:

  `RESULT = MINVAL(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK])`
  `RESULT = MINVAL(ARRAY [, MASK])`

Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `CHARACTER(*)`.
  DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER(*)`, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument.
  MASK | Shall be an array of type `LOGICAL(*)`, and conformable with ARRAY.

Return value:
  If DIM is absent, or if ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. In all cases, the result is of the same type and kind as ARRAY.
See also:
  MIN, MINLOC

Next: MODULO, Previous: MINVAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.144 `MOD` — Remainder function

Description:
  `MOD(A,P)` computes the remainder of the division of A by P. It is calculated as `A - (INT(A/P) * P)`.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MOD(A, P)`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER` or `REAL`
  P | Shall be a scalar of the same type as A and not equal to zero

Return value:
  The kind of the return value is the result of cross-promoting the kinds of the arguments.
Example:

                program test_mod
                  print *, mod(17,3)
                  print *, mod(17.5,5.5)
                  print *, mod(17.5d0,5.5)
                  print *, mod(17.5,5.5d0)

                  print *, mod(-17,3)
                  print *, mod(-17.5,5.5)
                  print *, mod(-17.5d0,5.5)
                  print *, mod(-17.5,5.5d0)

                  print *, mod(17,-3)
                  print *, mod(17.5,-5.5)
                  print *, mod(17.5d0,-5.5)
                  print *, mod(17.5,-5.5d0)
                end program test_mod

Specific names:

  Name | Arguments | Return type | Standard
  `AMOD(A,P)` | `REAL(4)` | `REAL(4)` | F95 and later
  `DMOD(A,P)` | `REAL(8)` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later

Next: MOVE_ALLOC, Previous: MOD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.145 `MODULO` — Modulo function

Description:
  `MODULO(A,P)` computes the A modulo P.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = MODULO(A, P)`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER` or `REAL`
  P | Shall be a scalar of the same type and kind as A

Return value:
  The type and kind of the result are those of the arguments.
  If A and P are of type `INTEGER`:
    `MODULO(A,P)` has the value R such that `A=Q*P+R`, where Q is an integer and R is between 0 (inclusive) and P (exclusive).
  If A and P are of type `REAL`:
    `MODULO(A,P)` has the value of `A - FLOOR (A / P) * P`.
  In all cases, if P is zero the result is processor-dependent.
Example:

                program test_modulo
                  print *, modulo(17,3)
                  print *, modulo(17.5,5.5)

                  print *, modulo(-17,3)
                  print *, modulo(-17.5,5.5)

                  print *, modulo(17,-3)
                  print *, modulo(17.5,-5.5)
                end program

Next: MVBITS, Previous: MODULO, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.146 `MOVE_ALLOC` — Move allocation from one object to another

Description:
  `MOVE_ALLOC(SRC, DEST)` moves the allocation from SRC to DEST. SRC will become deallocated in the process.
Standard:
  F2003 and later
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL MOVE_ALLOC(SRC, DEST)`
Arguments:

  SRC | `ALLOCATABLE`, `INTENT(INOUT)`, may be of any type and kind.
  DEST | `ALLOCATABLE`, `INTENT(OUT)`, shall be of the same type, kind and rank as SRC

Return value:
  None
Example:

                program test_move_alloc
                    integer, allocatable :: a(:), b(:)

                    allocate(a(3))
                    a = [ 1, 2, 3 ]
                    call move_alloc(a, b)
                    print *, allocated(a), allocated(b)
                    print *, b
                end program test_move_alloc

Next: NEAREST, Previous: MOVE_ALLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.147 `MVBITS` — Move bits from one integer to another

Description:
  Moves LEN bits from positions FROMPOS through `FROMPOS+LEN-1` of FROM to positions TOPOS through `TOPOS+LEN-1` of TO. The portion of argument TO not affected by the movement of bits is unchanged. The values of `FROMPOS+LEN-1` and `TOPOS+LEN-1` must be less than `BIT_SIZE(FROM)`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL MVBITS(FROM, FROMPOS, LEN, TO, TOPOS)`
Arguments:

  FROM | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  FROMPOS | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  LEN | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  TO | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as FROM.
  TOPOS | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as FROM.
See also:
  IBCLR, IBSET, IBITS, IAND, IOR, IEOR

Next: NEW_LINE, Previous: MVBITS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.148 `NEAREST` — Nearest representable number

Description:
  `NEAREST(X, S)` returns the processor-representable number nearest to `X` in the direction indicated by the sign of `S`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = NEAREST(X, S)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL`.
  S | (Optional) shall be of type `REAL` and not equal to zero.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type as `X`. If `S` is positive, `NEAREST` returns the processor-representable number greater than `X` and nearest to it. If `S` is negative, `NEAREST` returns the processor-representable number smaller than `X` and nearest to it.
Example:

                program test_nearest
                  real :: x, y
                  x = nearest(42.0, 1.0)
                  y = nearest(42.0, -1.0)
                  write (*,"(3(G20.15))") x, y, x - y
                end program test_nearest

Next: NINT, Previous: NEAREST, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.149 `NEW_LINE` — New line character

Description:
  `NEW_LINE(C)` returns the new-line character.
Standard:
  F2003 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = NEW_LINE(C)`
Arguments:

  C | The argument shall be a scalar or array of the type `CHARACTER`.

Return value:
  Returns a CHARACTER scalar of length one with the new-line character of the same kind as parameter C.
Example:

                program newline
                  implicit none
                  write(*,'(A)') 'This is record 1.'//NEW_LINE('A')//'This is record 2.'
                end program newline

Next: NOT, Previous: NEW_LINE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.150 `NINT` — Nearest whole number

Description:
  `NINT(X)` rounds its argument to the nearest whole number.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = NINT(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type of the argument shall be `REAL`.

Return value:
  Returns A with the fractional portion of its magnitude eliminated by rounding to the nearest whole number and with its sign preserved, converted to an `INTEGER` of the default kind.
Example:

                program test_nint
                  real(4) x4
                  real(8) x8
                  x4 = 1.234E0_4
                  x8 = 4.321_8
                  print *, nint(x4), idnint(x8)
                end program test_nint

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Standard
  `IDNINT(X)` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later

See also:
  CEILING, FLOOR

Next: NULL, Previous: NINT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.151 `NOT` — Logical negation

Description:
  `NOT` returns the bitwise boolean inverse of I.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = NOT(I)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return type is `INTEGER(*)`, of the same kind as the argument.
See also:
  IAND, IEOR, IOR, IBITS, IBSET, IBCLR

Next: OR, Previous: NOT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.152 `NULL` — Function that returns an disassociated pointer

Description:
  Returns a disassociated pointer.

  If MOLD is present, a dissassociated pointer of the same type is returned, otherwise the type is determined by context.

  In Fortran 95, MOLD is optional. Please note that F2003 includes cases where it is required.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `PTR => NULL([MOLD])`
Arguments:

  MOLD | (Optional) shall be a pointer of any association status and of any type.

Return value:
  A disassociated pointer.
Example:

                REAL, POINTER, DIMENSION(:) :: VEC => NULL ()

See also:
  ASSOCIATED

Next: PACK, Previous: NULL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.153 `OR` — Bitwise logical OR

Description:
  Bitwise logical `OR`.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the IOR intrinsic defined by the Fortran standard.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = OR(X, Y)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL`.
  Y | The type shall be either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL`.

Return value:
  The return type is either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL` after cross-promotion of the arguments.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_or
                  LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE.
                  INTEGER :: a, b
                  DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' /

                  WRITE (*,*) OR(T, T), OR(T, F), OR(F, T), OR(F, F)
                  WRITE (*,*) OR(a, b)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  F95 elemental function: IOR

Next: PERROR, Previous: OR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.154 `PACK` — Pack an array into an array of rank one

Description:
  Stores the elements of ARRAY in an array of rank one.

  The beginning of the resulting array is made up of elements whose MASK equals `TRUE`. Afterwards, positions are filled with elements taken from VECTOR.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = PACK(ARRAY, MASK[,VECTOR]`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of any type.
  MASK | Shall be an array of type `LOGICAL` and of the same size as ARRAY. Alternatively, it may be a `LOGICAL` scalar.
  VECTOR | (Optional) shall be an array of the same type as ARRAY and of rank one. If present, the number of elements in VECTOR shall be equal to or greater than the number of true elements in MASK. If MASK is scalar, the number of elements in VECTOR shall be equal to or greater than the number of elements in ARRAY.

Return value:
  The result is an array of rank one and the same type as that of ARRAY. If VECTOR is present, the result size is that of VECTOR, the number of `TRUE` values in MASK otherwise.
Example:
  Gathering non-zero elements from an array:

                PROGRAM test_pack_1
                  INTEGER :: m(6)
                  m = (/ 1, 0, 0, 0, 5, 0 /)
                  WRITE(*, FMT="(6(I0, ' '))") pack(m, m /= 0)  ! "1 5"
                END PROGRAM

  Gathering non-zero elements from an array and appending elements from VECTOR:

                PROGRAM test_pack_2
                  INTEGER :: m(4)
                  m = (/ 1, 0, 0, 2 /)
                  WRITE(*, FMT="(4(I0, ' '))") pack(m, m /= 0, (/ 0, 0, 3, 4 /))  ! "1 2 3 4"
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  UNPACK

Next: PRECISION, Previous: PACK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.155 `PERROR` — Print system error message

Description:
  Prints (on the C `stderr` stream) a newline-terminated error message corresponding to the last system error. This is prefixed by STRING, a colon and a space. See `perror(3)`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL PERROR(STRING)`
Arguments:

  STRING | A scalar of default `CHARACTER` type.

See also:
  IERRNO

Next: PRESENT, Previous: PERROR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.156 `PRECISION` — Decimal precision of a real kind

Description:
  `PRECISION(X)` returns the decimal precision in the model of the type of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = PRECISION(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL` or `COMPLEX`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                program prec_and_range
                  real(kind=4) :: x(2)
                  complex(kind=8) :: y

                  print *, precision(x), range(x)
                  print *, precision(y), range(y)
                end program prec_and_range

Next: PRODUCT, Previous: PRECISION, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.157 `PRESENT` — Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specified

Description:
  Determines whether an optional dummy argument is present.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = PRESENT(A)`
Arguments:

  A | May be of any type and may be a pointer, scalar or array value, or a dummy procedure. It shall be the name of an optional dummy argument accessible within the current subroutine or function.

Return value:
  Returns either `TRUE` if the optional argument A is present, or `FALSE` otherwise.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_present
                  WRITE(*,*) f(), f(42)      ! "F T"
                CONTAINS
                  LOGICAL FUNCTION f(x)
                    INTEGER, INTENT(IN), OPTIONAL :: x
                    f = PRESENT(x)
                  END FUNCTION
                END PROGRAM

Next: RADIX, Previous: PRESENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.158 `PRODUCT` — Product of array elements

Description:
  Multiplies the elements of ARRAY along dimension DIM if the corresponding element in MASK is `TRUE`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = PRODUCT(ARRAY[, MASK])` `RESULT = PRODUCT(ARRAY, DIM[, MASK])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.
  DIM | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER` with a value in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank of ARRAY.
  MASK | (Optional) shall be of type `LOGICAL` and either be a scalar or an array of the same shape as ARRAY.

Return value:
  The result is of the same type as ARRAY.

  If DIM is absent, a scalar with the product of all elements in ARRAY is returned. Otherwise, an array of rank n-1, where n equals the rank of ARRAY, and a shape similar to that of ARRAY with dimension DIM dropped is returned.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_product
                  INTEGER :: x(5) = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5 /)
                  print *, PRODUCT(x)                    ! all elements, product = 120
                  print *, PRODUCT(x, MASK=MOD(x, 2)==1) ! odd elements, product = 15
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  SUM

Next: RANDOM_NUMBER, Previous: PRODUCT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.159 `RADIX` — Base of a model number

Description:
  `RADIX(X)` returns the base of the model representing the entity X.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = RADIX(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `INTEGER` or `REAL`

Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                program test_radix
                  print *, "The radix for the default integer kind is", radix(0)
                  print *, "The radix for the default real kind is", radix(0.0)
                end program test_radix

Next: REAL, Previous: RANGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.160 `RAN` — Real pseudo-random number

Description:
  For compatibility with HP FORTRAN 77/iX, the `RAN` intrinsic is provided as an alias for `RAND`. See RAND for complete documentation.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
See also:
  RAND, RANDOM_NUMBER

Next: RANGE, Previous: RANDOM_SEED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.161 `RAND` — Real pseudo-random number

Description:
  `RAND(FLAG)` returns a pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution between 0 and 1. If FLAG is 0, the next number in the current sequence is returned; if FLAG is 1, the generator is restarted by `CALL SRAND(0)`; if FLAG has any other value, it is used as a new seed with `SRAND`.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. It implements a simple modulo generator as provided by `g77`. For new code, one should consider the use of RANDOM_NUMBER as it implements a superior algorithm.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = RAND(FLAG)`
Arguments:

  FLAG | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER` of kind 4.

Return value:
  The return value is of `REAL` type and the default kind.
Example:

                program test_rand
                  integer,parameter :: seed = 86456

                  call srand(seed)
                  print *, rand(), rand(), rand(), rand()
                  print *, rand(seed), rand(), rand(), rand()
                end program test_rand

See also:
  SRAND, RANDOM_NUMBER

Next: RANDOM_SEED, Previous: RADIX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.162 `RANDOM_NUMBER` — Pseudo-random number

Description:
  Returns a single pseudorandom number or an array of pseudorandom numbers from the uniform distribution over the range 0 \leq x < 1.

  The runtime-library implementes George Marsaglia's KISS (Keep It Simple Stupid) random number generator (RNG). This RNG combines:

  1. The congruential generator x(n) = 69069 \cdot x(n-1) + 1327217885 with a period of 2^32,
  2. A 3-shift shift-register generator with a period of 2^32 - 1,
  3. Two 16-bit multiply-with-carry generators with a period of 597273182964842497 > 2^59.
  The overall period exceeds 2^123.

  Please note, this RNG is thread safe if used within OpenMP directives, i. e. its state will be consistent while called from multiple threads. However, the KISS generator does not create random numbers in parallel from multiple sources, but in sequence from a single source. If an OpenMP-enabled application heavily relies on random numbers, one should consider employing a dedicated parallel random number generator instead.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `RANDOM_NUMBER(HARVEST)`
Arguments:

  HARVEST | Shall be a scalar or an array of type `REAL(*)`.

Example:

                program test_random_number
                  REAL :: r(5,5)
                  CALL init_random_seed()         ! see example of RANDOM_SEED
                  CALL RANDOM_NUMBER(r)
                end program

See also:
  RANDOM_SEED

Next: RAND, Previous: RANDOM_NUMBER, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.163 `RANDOM_SEED` — Initialize a pseudo-random number sequence

Description:
  Restarts or queries the state of the pseudorandom number generator used by `RANDOM_NUMBER`.

  If `RANDOM_SEED` is called without arguments, it is initialized to a default state. The example below shows how to initialize the random seed based on the system's time.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL RANDOM_SEED(SIZE, PUT, GET)`
Arguments:

  SIZE | (Optional) Shall be a scalar and of type default `INTEGER`, with `INTENT(OUT)`. It specifies the minimum size of the arrays used with the PUT and GET arguments.
  PUT | (Optional) Shall be an array of type default `INTEGER` and rank one. It is `INTENT(IN)` and the size of the array must be larger than or equal to the number returned by the SIZE argument.
  GET | (Optional) Shall be an array of type default `INTEGER` and rank one. It is `INTENT(OUT)` and the size of the array must be larger than or equal to the number returned by the SIZE argument.

Example:

                SUBROUTINE init_random_seed()
                  INTEGER :: i, n, clock
                  INTEGER, DIMENSION(:), ALLOCATABLE :: seed

                  CALL RANDOM_SEED(size = n)
                  ALLOCATE(seed(n))

                  CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK(COUNT=clock)

                  seed = clock + 37 * (/ (i - 1, i = 1, n) /)
                  CALL RANDOM_SEED(PUT = seed)

                  DEALLOCATE(seed)
                END SUBROUTINE

See also:
  RANDOM_NUMBER

Next: RAN, Previous: RAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.164 `RANGE` — Decimal exponent range of a real kind

Description:
  `RANGE(X)` returns the decimal exponent range in the model of the type of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = RANGE(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL` or `COMPLEX`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:
  See `PRECISION` for an example.

Next: RENAME, Previous: RAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.165 `REAL` — Convert to real type

Description:
  `REAL(X [, KIND])` converts its argument X to a real type. The `REALPART(X)` function is provided for compatibility with `g77`, and its use is strongly discouraged.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:

  `RESULT = REAL(X [, KIND])`
  `RESULT = REALPART(Z)`

Arguments:

  X | Shall be `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)`, or `COMPLEX(*)`.
  KIND | (Optional) An `INTEGER(*)` initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.

Return value:
  These functions return a `REAL(*)` variable or array under the following rules:
  (A)
    `REAL(X)` is converted to a default real type if X is an integer or real variable.
  (B)
    `REAL(X)` is converted to a real type with the kind type parameter of X if X is a complex variable.
  (C)
    `REAL(X, KIND)` is converted to a real type with kind type parameter KIND if X is a complex, integer, or real variable.
Example:

                program test_real
                  complex :: x = (1.0, 2.0)
                  print *, real(x), real(x,8), realpart(x)
                end program test_real

See also:
  DBLE, DFLOAT, FLOAT

Next: REPEAT, Previous: REAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.166 `RENAME` — Rename a file

Description:
  Renames a file from file PATH1 to PATH2. A null character (`CHAR(0)`) can be used to mark the end of the names in PATH1 and PATH2; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see `rename(2)`.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL RENAME(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = RENAME(PATH1, PATH2)`

Arguments:

  PATH1 | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  PATH2 | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default `INTEGER` type.

See also:
  LINK

Next: RESHAPE, Previous: RENAME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.167 `REPEAT` — Repeated string concatenation

Description:
  Concatenates NCOPIES copies of a string.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = REPEAT(STRING, NCOPIES)`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be scalar and of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  NCOPIES | Shall be scalar and of type `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  A new scalar of type `CHARACTER` built up from NCOPIES copies of STRING.
Example:

                program test_repeat
                  write(*,*) repeat("x", 5)   ! "xxxxx"
                end program

Next: RRSPACING, Previous: REPEAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.168 `RESHAPE` — Function to reshape an array

Description:
  Reshapes SOURCE to correspond to SHAPE. If necessary, the new array may be padded with elements from PAD or permuted as defined by ORDER.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = RESHAPE(SOURCE, SHAPE[, PAD, ORDER])`
Arguments:

  SOURCE | Shall be an array of any type.
  SHAPE | Shall be of type `INTEGER` and an array of rank one. Its values must be positive or zero.
  PAD | (Optional) shall be an array of the same type as SOURCE.
  ORDER | (Optional) shall be of type `INTEGER` and an array of the same shape as SHAPE. Its values shall be a permutation of the numbers from 1 to n, where n is the size of SHAPE. If ORDER is absent, the natural ordering shall be assumed.

Return value:
  The result is an array of shape SHAPE with the same type as SOURCE.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_reshape
                  INTEGER, DIMENSION(4) :: x
                  WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(x)                       ! prints "4"
                  WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(RESHAPE(x, (/2, 2/)))    ! prints "2 2"
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  SHAPE

Next: RSHIFT, Previous: RESHAPE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.169 `RRSPACING` — Reciprocal of the relative spacing

Description:
  `RRSPACING(X)` returns the reciprocal of the relative spacing of model numbers near X.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = RRSPACING(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The value returned is equal to `ABS(FRACTION(X)) * FLOAT(RADIX(X))**DIGITS(X)`.
See also:
  SPACING

Next: SCALE, Previous: RRSPACING, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.170 `RSHIFT` — Right shift bits

Description:
  `RSHIFT` returns a value corresponding to I with all of the bits shifted right by SHIFT places. If the absolute value of SHIFT is greater than `BIT_SIZE(I)`, the value is undefined. Bits shifted out from the left end are lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end.

  This function has been superseded by the `ISHFT` intrinsic, which is standard in Fortran 95 and later.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = RSHIFT(I, SHIFT)`
Arguments:

  I | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.
  SHIFT | The type shall be `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER(*)` and of the same kind as I.
See also:
  ISHFT, ISHFTC, LSHIFT

Next: SCAN, Previous: RSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.171 `SCALE` — Scale a real value

Description:
  `SCALE(X,I)` returns `X * RADIX(X)**I`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SCALE(X, I)`
Arguments:

  X | The type of the argument shall be a `REAL`.
  I | The type of the argument shall be a `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as X. Its value is `X * RADIX(X)**I`.
Example:

                program test_scale
                  real :: x = 178.1387e-4
                  integer :: i = 5
                  print *, scale(x,i), x*radix(x)**i
                end program test_scale

Next: SECNDS, Previous: SCALE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.172 `SCAN` — Scan a string for the presence of a set of characters

Description:
  Scans a STRING for any of the characters in a SET of characters.

  If BACK is either absent or equals `FALSE`, this function returns the position of the leftmost character of STRING that is in SET. If BACK equals `TRUE`, the rightmost position is returned. If no character of SET is found in STRING, the result is zero.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SCAN(STRING, SET[, BACK])`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  SET | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  BACK | (Optional) shall be of type `LOGICAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_scan
                  WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "AO")          ! 2, found 'O'
                  WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "AO", .TRUE.)  ! 6, found 'A'
                  WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "C++")         ! 0, found none
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  INDEX, VERIFY

Next: SECOND, Previous: SCAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.173 `SECNDS` — Time function

Description:
  `SECNDS(X)` gets the time in seconds from the real-time system clock. X is a reference time, also in seconds. If this is zero, the time in seconds from midnight is returned. This function is non-standard and its use is discouraged.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SECNDS (X)`
Arguments:

  T | Shall be of type `REAL(4)`.
  X | Shall be of type `REAL(4)`.

Return value:
  None
Example:

                program test_secnds
                    integer :: i
                    real(4) :: t1, t2
                    print *, secnds (0.0)   ! seconds since midnight
                    t1 = secnds (0.0)       ! reference time
                    do i = 1, 10000000      ! do something
                    end do
                    t2 = secnds (t1)        ! elapsed time
                    print *, "Something took ", t2, " seconds."
                end program test_secnds

Next: SELECTED_INT_KIND, Previous: SECNDS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.174 `SECOND` — CPU time function

Description:
  Returns a `REAL(4)` value representing the elapsed CPU time in seconds. This provides the same functionality as the standard `CPU_TIME` intrinsic, and is only included for backwards compatibility.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL SECOND(TIME)`
  `TIME = SECOND()`

Arguments:

  TIME | Shall be of type `REAL(4)`.

Return value:
  In either syntax, TIME is set to the process's current runtime in seconds.
See also:
  CPU_TIME

Next: SELECTED_REAL_KIND, Previous: SECOND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.175 `SELECTED_INT_KIND` — Choose integer kind

Description:
  `SELECTED_INT_KIND(I)` return the kind value of the smallest integer type that can represent all values ranging from -10^I (exclusive) to 10^I (exclusive). If there is no integer kind that accommodates this range, `SELECTED_INT_KIND` returns -1.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SELECTED_INT_KIND(I)`
Arguments:

  I | Shall be a scalar and of type `INTEGER`.

Example:

                program large_integers
                  integer,parameter :: k5 = selected_int_kind(5)
                  integer,parameter :: k15 = selected_int_kind(15)
                  integer(kind=k5) :: i5
                  integer(kind=k15) :: i15

                  print *, huge(i5), huge(i15)

                  ! The following inequalities are always true
                  print *, huge(i5) >= 10_k5**5-1
                  print *, huge(i15) >= 10_k15**15-1
                end program large_integers

Next: SET_EXPONENT, Previous: SELECTED_INT_KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.176 `SELECTED_REAL_KIND` — Choose real kind

Description:
  `SELECTED_REAL_KIND(P,R)` return the kind value of a real data type with decimal precision greater of at least `P` digits and exponent range greater at least `R`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(P, R)`
Arguments:

  P | (Optional) shall be a scalar and of type `INTEGER`.
  R | (Optional) shall be a scalar and of type `INTEGER`.

  At least one argument shall be present.
Return value:
  `SELECTED_REAL_KIND` returns the value of the kind type parameter of a real data type with decimal precision of at least `P` digits and a decimal exponent range of at least `R`. If more than one real data type meet the criteria, the kind of the data type with the smallest decimal precision is returned. If no real data type matches the criteria, the result is
  -1 if the processor does not support a real data type with a
    precision greater than or equal to `P`
  -2 if the processor does not support a real type with an exponent
    range greater than or equal to `R`
  -3 if neither is supported.
Example:

                program real_kinds
                  integer,parameter :: p6 = selected_real_kind(6)
                  integer,parameter :: p10r100 = selected_real_kind(10,100)
                  integer,parameter :: r400 = selected_real_kind(r=400)
                  real(kind=p6) :: x
                  real(kind=p10r100) :: y
                  real(kind=r400) :: z

                  print *, precision(x), range(x)
                  print *, precision(y), range(y)
                  print *, precision(z), range(z)
                end program real_kinds

Next: SHAPE, Previous: SELECTED_REAL_KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.177 `SET_EXPONENT` — Set the exponent of the model

Description:
  `SET_EXPONENT(X, I)` returns the real number whose fractional part is that that of X and whose exponent part is I.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SET_EXPONENT(X, I)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL`.
  I | Shall be of type `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real number whose fractional part is that that of X and whose exponent part if I is returned; it is `FRACTION(X) * RADIX(X)**I`.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_setexp
                  REAL :: x = 178.1387e-4
                  INTEGER :: i = 17
                  PRINT *, SET_EXPONENT(x, i), FRACTION(x) * RADIX(x)**i
                END PROGRAM

Next: SIGN, Previous: SET_EXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.178 `SHAPE` — Determine the shape of an array

Description:
  Determines the shape of an array.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SHAPE(SOURCE)`
Arguments:

  SOURCE | Shall be an array or scalar of any type. If SOURCE is a pointer it must be associated and allocatable arrays must be allocated.

Return value:
  An `INTEGER` array of rank one with as many elements as SOURCE has dimensions. The elements of the resulting array correspond to the extend of SOURCE along the respective dimensions. If SOURCE is a scalar, the result is the rank one array of size zero.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_shape
                  INTEGER, DIMENSION(-1:1, -1:2) :: A
                  WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(A)             ! (/ 3, 4 /)
                  WRITE(*,*) SIZE(SHAPE(42))      ! (/ /)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  RESHAPE, SIZE

Next: SIGNAL, Previous: SHAPE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.179 `SIGN` — Sign copying function

Description:
  `SIGN(A,B)` returns the value of A with the sign of B.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SIGN(A, B)`
Arguments:

  A | Shall be of type `INTEGER` or `REAL`
  B | Shall be of the same type and kind as A

Return value:
  The kind of the return value is that of A and B. If B\ge 0 then the result is `ABS(A)`, else it is `-ABS(A)`.
Example:

                program test_sign
                  print *, sign(-12,1)
                  print *, sign(-12,0)
                  print *, sign(-12,-1)

                  print *, sign(-12.,1.)
                  print *, sign(-12.,0.)
                  print *, sign(-12.,-1.)
                end program test_sign

Specific names:

  Name | Arguments | Return type | Standard
  `ISIGN(A,P)` | `INTEGER(4)` | `INTEGER(4)` | f95, gnu
  `DSIGN(A,P)` | `REAL(8)` | `REAL(8)` | f95, gnu

Next: SIN, Previous: SIGN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.180 `SIGNAL` — Signal handling subroutine (or function)

Description:
  `SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER [, STATUS])` causes external subroutine HANDLER to be executed with a single integer argument when signal NUMBER occurs. If HANDLER is an integer, it can be used to turn off handling of signal NUMBER or revert to its default action. See `signal(2)`.

  If `SIGNAL` is called as a subroutine and the STATUS argument is supplied, it is set to the value returned by `signal(2)`.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER)`

Arguments:

  NUMBER | Shall be a scalar integer, with `INTENT(IN)`
  HANDLER | Signal handler (`INTEGER FUNCTION` or `SUBROUTINE`) or dummy/global `INTEGER` scalar. `INTEGER`. It is `INTENT(IN)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) STATUS shall be a scalar integer. It has `INTENT(OUT)`.

Return value:
  The `SIGNAL` function returns the value returned by `signal(2)`.
Example:

                program test_signal
                  intrinsic signal
                  external handler_print

                  call signal (12, handler_print)
                  call signal (10, 1)

                  call sleep (30)
                end program test_signal

Next: SINH, Previous: SIGNAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.181 `SIN` — Sine function

Description:
  `SIN(X)` computes the sine of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SIN(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value has same type and kind as X.
Example:

                program test_sin
                  real :: x = 0.0
                  x = sin(x)
                end program test_sin

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DSIN(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | f95, gnu
  `CSIN(X)` | `COMPLEX(4) X` | `COMPLEX(4)` | f95, gnu
  `ZSIN(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | f95, gnu
  `CDSIN(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | f95, gnu

See also:
  ASIN

Next: SIZE, Previous: SIN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.182 `SINH` — Hyperbolic sine function

Description:
  `SINH(X)` computes the hyperbolic sine of X.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SINH(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)`.
Example:

                program test_sinh
                  real(8) :: x = - 1.0_8
                  x = sinh(x)
                end program test_sinh

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DSINH(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later

See also:
  ASINH

Next: SLEEP, Previous: SINH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.183 `SIZE` — Determine the size of an array

Description:
  Determine the extent of ARRAY along a specified dimension DIM, or the total number of elements in ARRAY if DIM is absent.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SIZE(ARRAY[, DIM])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of any type. If ARRAY is a pointer it must be associated and allocatable arrays must be allocated.
  DIM | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER` and its value shall be in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank of ARRAY.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_size
                  WRITE(*,*) SIZE((/ 1, 2 /))    ! 2
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  SHAPE, RESHAPE

Next: SNGL, Previous: SIZE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.184 `SLEEP` — Sleep for the specified number of seconds

Description:
  Calling this subroutine causes the process to pause for SECONDS seconds.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL SLEEP(SECONDS)`
Arguments:

  SECONDS | The type shall be of default `INTEGER`.

Example:

                program test_sleep
                  call sleep(5)
                end

Next: SPACING, Previous: SLEEP, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.185 `SNGL` — Convert double precision real to default real

Description:
  `SNGL(A)` converts the double precision real A to a default real value. This is an archaic form of `REAL` that is specific to one type for A.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SNGL(A)`
Arguments:

  A | The type shall be a double precision `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type default `REAL`.
See also:
  DBLE

Next: SPREAD, Previous: SNGL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.186 `SPACING` — Smallest distance between two numbers of a given type

Description:
  Determines the distance between the argument X and the nearest adjacent number of the same type.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SPACING(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The result is of the same type as the input argument X.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_spacing
                  INTEGER, PARAMETER :: SGL = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(p=6, r=37)
                  INTEGER, PARAMETER :: DBL = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(p=13, r=200)

                  WRITE(*,*) spacing(1.0_SGL)      ! "1.1920929E-07"          on i686
                  WRITE(*,*) spacing(1.0_DBL)      ! "2.220446049250313E-016" on i686
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  RRSPACING

Next: SQRT, Previous: SPACING, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.187 `SPREAD` — Add a dimension to an array

Description:
  Replicates a SOURCE array NCOPIES times along a specified dimension DIM.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SPREAD(SOURCE, DIM, NCOPIES)`
Arguments:

  SOURCE | Shall be a scalar or an array of any type and a rank less than seven.
  DIM | Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER` with a value in the range from 1 to n+1, where n equals the rank of SOURCE.
  NCOPIES | Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The result is an array of the same type as SOURCE and has rank n+1 where n equals the rank of SOURCE.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_spread
                  INTEGER :: a = 1, b(2) = (/ 1, 2 /)
                  WRITE(*,*) SPREAD(A, 1, 2)            ! "1 1"
                  WRITE(*,*) SPREAD(B, 1, 2)            ! "1 1 2 2"
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  UNPACK

Next: SRAND, Previous: SPREAD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.188 `SQRT` — Square-root function

Description:
  `SQRT(X)` computes the square root of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SQRT(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_sqrt
                  real(8) :: x = 2.0_8
                  complex :: z = (1.0, 2.0)
                  x = sqrt(x)
                  z = sqrt(z)
                end program test_sqrt

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DSQRT(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later
  `CSQRT(X)` | `COMPLEX(4) X` | `COMPLEX(4)` | F95 and later
  `ZSQRT(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension
  `CDSQRT(X)` | `COMPLEX(8) X` | `COMPLEX(8)` | GNU extension

Next: STAT, Previous: SQRT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.189 `SRAND` — Reinitialize the random number generator

Description:
  `SRAND` reinitializes the pseudo-random number generator called by `RAND` and `IRAND`. The new seed used by the generator is specified by the required argument SEED.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL SRAND(SEED)`
Arguments:

  SEED | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER(kind=4)`.

Return value:
  Does not return.
Example:
  See `RAND` and `IRAND` for examples.
Notes:
  The Fortran 2003 standard specifies the intrinsic `RANDOM_SEED` to initialize the pseudo-random numbers generator and `RANDOM_NUMBER` to generate pseudo-random numbers. Please note that in GNU Fortran, these two sets of intrinsics (`RAND`, `IRAND` and `SRAND` on the one hand, `RANDOM_NUMBER` and `RANDOM_SEED` on the other hand) access two independent pseudo-random number generators.
See also:
  RAND, RANDOM_SEED, RANDOM_NUMBER

Next: SUM, Previous: SRAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.190 `STAT` — Get file status

Description:
  This function returns information about a file. No permissions are required on the file itself, but execute (search) permission is required on all of the directories in path that lead to the file.

  The elements that are obtained and stored in the array `BUFF`:

  `buff(1)` | Device ID
  `buff(2)` | Inode number
  `buff(3)` | File mode
  `buff(4)` | Number of links
  `buff(5)` | Owner's uid
  `buff(6)` | Owner's gid
  `buff(7)` | ID of device containing directory entry for file (0 if not available)
  `buff(8)` | File size (bytes)
  `buff(9)` | Last access time
  `buff(10)` | Last modification time
  `buff(11)` | Last file status change time
  `buff(12)` | Preferred I/O block size (-1 if not available)
  `buff(13)` | Number of blocks allocated (-1 if not available)

  Not all these elements are relevant on all systems. If an element is not relevant, it is returned as 0.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:
  `CALL STAT(FILE,BUFF[,STATUS])`
Arguments:

  FILE | The type shall be `CHARACTER(*)`, a valid path within the file system.
  BUFF | The type shall be `INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13)`.
  STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type `INTEGER(4)`. Returns 0 on success and a system specific error code otherwise.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_stat
                  INTEGER, DIMENSION(13) :: buff
                  INTEGER :: status

                  CALL STAT("/etc/passwd", buff, status)

                  IF (status == 0) THEN
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Device ID:',               T30, I19)") buff(1)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Inode number:',            T30, I19)") buff(2)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('File mode (octal):',       T30, O19)") buff(3)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Number of links:',         T30, I19)") buff(4)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Owner''s uid:',            T30, I19)") buff(5)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Owner''s gid:',            T30, I19)") buff(6)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Device where located:',    T30, I19)") buff(7)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('File size:',               T30, I19)") buff(8)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Last access time:',        T30, A19)") CTIME(buff(9))
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Last modification time',   T30, A19)") CTIME(buff(10))
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Last status change time:', T30, A19)") CTIME(buff(11))
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('Preferred block size:',    T30, I19)") buff(12)
                    WRITE (*, FMT="('No. of blocks allocated:', T30, I19)") buff(13)
                  END IF
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  To stat an open file: FSTAT, to stat a link: LSTAT

Next: SYMLNK, Previous: STAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.191 `SUM` — Sum of array elements

Description:
  Adds the elements of ARRAY along dimension DIM if the corresponding element in MASK is `TRUE`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = SUM(ARRAY[, MASK])` `RESULT = SUM(ARRAY, DIM[, MASK])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array of type `INTEGER(*)`, `REAL(*)` or `COMPLEX(*)`.
  DIM | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER` with a value in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank of ARRAY.
  MASK | (Optional) shall be of type `LOGICAL` and either be a scalar or an array of the same shape as ARRAY.

Return value:
  The result is of the same type as ARRAY.

  If DIM is absent, a scalar with the sum of all elements in ARRAY is returned. Otherwise, an array of rank n-1, where n equals the rank of ARRAY,and a shape similar to that of ARRAY with dimension DIM dropped is returned.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_sum
                  INTEGER :: x(5) = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5 /)
                  print *, SUM(x)                        ! all elements, sum = 15
                  print *, SUM(x, MASK=MOD(x, 2)==1)     ! odd elements, sum = 9
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  PRODUCT

Next: SYSTEM, Previous: SUM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.192 `SYMLNK` — Create a symbolic link

Description:
  Makes a symbolic link from file PATH1 to PATH2. A null character (`CHAR(0)`) can be used to mark the end of the names in PATH1 and PATH2; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see `symlink(2)`. If the system does not supply `symlink(2)`, `ENOSYS` is returned.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL SYMLNK(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = SYMLNK(PATH1, PATH2)`

Arguments:

  PATH1 | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  PATH2 | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default `INTEGER` type.

See also:
  LINK, UNLINK

Next: SYSTEM_CLOCK, Previous: SYMLNK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.193 `SYSTEM` — Execute a shell command

Description:
  Passes the command COMMAND to a shell (see `system(3)`). If argument STATUS is present, it contains the value returned by `system(3)`, which is presumably 0 if the shell command succeeded. Note that which shell is used to invoke the command is system-dependent and environment-dependent.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL SYSTEM(COMMAND [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = SYSTEM(COMMAND)`

Arguments:

  COMMAND | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default `INTEGER` type.

See also:

Next: TAN, Previous: SYSTEM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.194 `SYSTEM_CLOCK` — Time function

Description:
  Determines the COUNT of milliseconds of wall clock time since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970) modulo COUNT_MAX, COUNT_RATE determines the number of clock ticks per second. COUNT_RATE and COUNT_MAX are constant and specific to `gfortran`.

  If there is no clock, COUNT is set to `-HUGE(COUNT)`, and COUNT_RATE and COUNT_MAX are set to zero

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK([COUNT, COUNT_RATE, COUNT_MAX])`
Arguments:
Arguments:

  COUNT | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default `INTEGER` with `INTENT(OUT)`.
  COUNT_RATE | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default `INTEGER` with `INTENT(OUT)`.
  COUNT_MAX | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default `INTEGER` with `INTENT(OUT)`.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_system_clock
                  INTEGER :: count, count_rate, count_max
                  CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK(count, count_rate, count_max)
                  WRITE(*,*) count, count_rate, count_max
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  DATE_AND_TIME, CPU_TIME

Next: TANH, Previous: SYSTEM_CLOCK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.195 `TAN` — Tangent function

Description:
  `TAN(X)` computes the tangent of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TAN(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)`. The kind type parameter is the same as X.
Example:

                program test_tan
                  real(8) :: x = 0.165_8
                  x = tan(x)
                end program test_tan

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DTAN(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later

See also:
  ATAN

Next: TIME, Previous: TAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.196 `TANH` — Hyperbolic tangent function

Description:
  `TANH(X)` computes the hyperbolic tangent of X.
Standard:
  F77 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `X = TANH(X)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be `REAL(*)`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `REAL(*)` and lies in the range - 1 \leq tanh(x) \leq 1 .
Example:

                program test_tanh
                  real(8) :: x = 2.1_8
                  x = tanh(x)
                end program test_tanh

Specific names:

  Name | Argument | Return type | Standard
  `DTANH(X)` | `REAL(8) X` | `REAL(8)` | F95 and later

See also:
  ATANH

Next: TIME8, Previous: TANH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.197 `TIME` — Time function

Description:
  Returns the current time encoded as an integer (in the manner of the UNIX function `time(3)`). This value is suitable for passing to `CTIME()`, `GMTIME()`, and `LTIME()`.

  This intrinsic is not fully portable, such as to systems with 32-bit `INTEGER` types but supporting times wider than 32 bits. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program.

  See TIME8, for information on a similar intrinsic that might be portable to more GNU Fortran implementations, though to fewer Fortran compilers.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TIME()`
Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `INTEGER(4)`.
See also:
  CTIME, GMTIME, LTIME, MCLOCK, TIME8

Next: TINY, Previous: TIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.198 `TIME8` — Time function (64-bit)

Description:
  Returns the current time encoded as an integer (in the manner of the UNIX function `time(3)`). This value is suitable for passing to `CTIME()`, `GMTIME()`, and `LTIME()`.

  Warning: this intrinsic does not increase the range of the timing values over that returned by `time(3)`. On a system with a 32-bit `time(3)`, `TIME8()` will return a 32-bit value, even though it is converted to a 64-bit `INTEGER(8)` value. That means overflows of the 32-bit value can still occur. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be or become negative or numerically less than previous values during a single run of the compiled program.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TIME8()`
Return value:
  The return value is a scalar of type `INTEGER(8)`.
See also:
  CTIME, GMTIME, LTIME, MCLOCK8, TIME

Next: TRANSFER, Previous: TIME8, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.199 `TINY` — Smallest positive number of a real kind

Description:
  `TINY(X)` returns the smallest positive (non zero) number in the model of the type of `X`.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TINY(X)`
Arguments:

  X | Shall be of type `REAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of the same type and kind as X
Example:
  See `HUGE` for an example.

Next: TRANSPOSE, Previous: TINY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.200 `TRANSFER` — Transfer bit patterns

Description:
  Interprets the bitwise representation of SOURCE in memory as if it is the representation of a variable or array of the same type and type parameters as MOLD.

  This is approximately equivalent to the C concept of casting one type to another.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TRANSFER(SOURCE, MOLD[, SIZE])`
Arguments:

  SOURCE | Shall be a scalar or an array of any type.
  MOLD | Shall be a scalar or an array of any type.
  SIZE | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER`.

Return value:
  The result has the same type as MOLD, with the bit level representation of SOURCE. If SIZE is present, the result is a one-dimensional array of length SIZE. If SIZE is absent but MOLD is an array (of any size or shape), the result is a one- dimensional array of the minimum length needed to contain the entirety of the bitwise representation of SOURCE. If SIZE is absent and MOLD is a scalar, the result is a scalar.

  If the bitwise representation of the result is longer than that of SOURCE, then the leading bits of the result correspond to those of SOURCE and any trailing bits are filled arbitrarily.

  When the resulting bit representation does not correspond to a valid representation of a variable of the same type as MOLD, the results are undefined, and subsequent operations on the result cannot be guaranteed to produce sensible behavior. For example, it is possible to create `LOGICAL` variables for which VAR and `.NOT.`VAR both appear to be true.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_transfer
                  integer :: x = 2143289344
                  print *, transfer(x, 1.0)    ! prints "NaN" on i686
                END PROGRAM

Next: TRIM, Previous: TRANSFER, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.201 `TRANSPOSE` — Transpose an array of rank two

Description:
  Transpose an array of rank two. Element (i, j) of the result has the value `MATRIX(j, i)`, for all i, j.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TRANSPOSE(MATRIX)`
Arguments:

  MATRIX | Shall be an array of any type and have a rank of two.

Return value:
  The result has the the same type as MATRIX, and has shape `(/ m, n /)` if MATRIX has shape `(/ n, m /)`.

Next: TTYNAM, Previous: TRANSPOSE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.202 `TRIM` — Remove trailing blank characters of a string

Description:
  Removes trailing blank characters of a string.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = TRIM(STRING)`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be a scalar of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Return value:
  A scalar of type `CHARACTER(*)` which length is that of STRING less the number of trailing blanks.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_trim
                  CHARACTER(len=10), PARAMETER :: s = "GFORTRAN  "
                  WRITE(*,*) LEN(s), LEN(TRIM(s))  ! "10 8", with/without trailing blanks
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  ADJUSTL, ADJUSTR

Next: UBOUND, Previous: TRIM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.203 `TTYNAM` — Get the name of a terminal device.

Description:
  Get the name of a terminal device. For more information, see `ttyname(3)`.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL TTYNAM(UNIT, NAME)`
  `NAME = TTYNAM(UNIT)`

Arguments:

  UNIT | Shall be a scalar `INTEGER(*)`.
  NAME | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.

Example:

                PROGRAM test_ttynam
                  INTEGER :: unit
                  DO unit = 1, 10
                    IF (isatty(unit=unit)) write(*,*) ttynam(unit)
                  END DO
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  ISATTY

Next: UMASK, Previous: TTYNAM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.204 `UBOUND` — Upper dimension bounds of an array

Description:
  Returns the upper bounds of an array, or a single upper bound along the DIM dimension.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Inquiry function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = UBOUND(ARRAY [, DIM])`
Arguments:

  ARRAY | Shall be an array, of any type.
  DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar `INTEGER(*)`.

Return value:
  If DIM is absent, the result is an array of the upper bounds of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is a scalar corresponding to the upper bound of the array along that dimension. If ARRAY is an expression rather than a whole array or array structure component, or if it has a zero extent along the relevant dimension, the upper bound is taken to be the number of elements along the relevant dimension.
See also:
  LBOUND

Next: UNLINK, Previous: UBOUND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.205 `UMASK` — Set the file creation mask

Description:
  Sets the file creation mask to MASK and returns the old value in argument OLD if it is supplied. See `umask(2)`.
Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine
Syntax:
  `CALL UMASK(MASK [, OLD])`
Arguments:

  MASK | Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER(*)`.
  MASK | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type `INTEGER(*)`.

Next: UNPACK, Previous: UMASK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.206 `UNLINK` — Remove a file from the file system

Description:
  Unlinks the file PATH. A null character (`CHAR(0)`) can be used to mark the end of the name in PATH; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file name are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see `unlink(2)`.

  This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Subroutine, function
Syntax:

  `CALL UNLINK(PATH [, STATUS])`
  `STATUS = UNLINK(PATH)`

Arguments:

  PATH | Shall be of default `CHARACTER` type.
  STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default `INTEGER` type.

See also:
  LINK, SYMLNK

Next: VERIFY, Previous: UNLINK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.207 `UNPACK` — Unpack an array of rank one into an array

Description:
  Store the elements of VECTOR in an array of higher rank.
Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Transformational function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = UNPACK(VECTOR, MASK, FIELD)`
Arguments:

  VECTOR | Shall be an array of any type and rank one. It shall have at least as many elements as MASK has `TRUE` values.
  MASK | Shall be an array of type `LOGICAL`.
  FIELD | Shall be of the sam type as VECTOR and have the same shape as MASK.

Return value:
  The resulting array corresponds to FIELD with `TRUE` elements of MASK replaced by values from VECTOR in array element order.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_unpack
                  integer :: vector(2)  = (/1,1/)
                  logical :: mask(4)  = (/ .TRUE., .FALSE., .FALSE., .TRUE. /)
                  integer :: field(2,2) = 0, unity(2,2)

                  ! result: unity matrix
                  unity = unpack(vector, reshape(mask, (/2,2/)), field)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  PACK, SPREAD

Next: XOR, Previous: UNPACK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.208 `VERIFY` — Scan a string for the absence of a set of characters

Description:
  Verifies that all the characters in a SET are present in a STRING.

  If BACK is either absent or equals `FALSE`, this function returns the position of the leftmost character of STRING that is not in SET. If BACK equals `TRUE`, the rightmost position is returned. If all characters of SET are found in STRING, the result is zero.

Standard:
  F95 and later
Class:
  Elemental function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = VERFIY(STRING, SET[, BACK])`
Arguments:

  STRING | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  SET | Shall be of type `CHARACTER(*)`.
  BACK | (Optional) shall be of type `LOGICAL`.

Return value:
  The return value is of type `INTEGER` and of the default integer kind.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_verify
                  WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "AO")           ! 1, found 'F'
                  WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "FOO")          ! 3, found 'R'
                  WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "C++")          ! 1, found 'F'
                  WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "C++", .TRUE.)  ! 7, found 'N'
                  WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "FORTRAN")      ! 0' found none
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  SCAN, INDEX

Previous: VERIFY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures

### 6.209 `XOR` — Bitwise logical exclusive OR

Description:
  Bitwise logical exclusive or.

  This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the IEOR intrinsic defined by the Fortran standard.

Standard:
  GNU extension
Class:
  Function
Syntax:
  `RESULT = XOR(X, Y)`
Arguments:

  X | The type shall be either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL`.
  Y | The type shall be either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL`.

Return value:
  The return type is either `INTEGER(*)` or `LOGICAL` after cross-promotion of the arguments.
Example:

                PROGRAM test_xor
                  LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE.
                  INTEGER :: a, b
                  DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' /

                  WRITE (*,*) XOR(T, T), XOR(T, F), XOR(F, T), XOR(F, F)
                  WRITE (*,*) XOR(a, b)
                END PROGRAM

See also:
  F95 elemental function: IEOR

Next: Copying, Previous: Intrinsic Procedures, Up: Top

## Contributing

Free software is only possible if people contribute to efforts to create it. We're always in need of more people helping out with ideas and comments, writing documentation and contributing code.

If you want to contribute to GNU Fortran, have a look at the long lists of projects you can take on. Some of these projects are small, some of them are large; some are completely orthogonal to the rest of what is happening on GNU Fortran, but others are “mainstream” projects in need of enthusiastic hackers. All of these projects are important! We'll eventually get around to the things here, but they are also things doable by someone who is willing and able.

Next: Projects, Up: Contributing

### Contributors to GNU Fortran

Most of the parser was hand-crafted by Andy Vaught, who is also the initiator of the whole project. Thanks Andy! Most of the interface with GCC was written by Paul Brook.

The following individuals have contributed code and/or ideas and significant help to the GNU Fortran project (in no particular order):

- Andy Vaught
- Katherine Holcomb
- Tobias Schlüter
- Steven Bosscher
- Toon Moene
- Tim Prince
- Niels Kristian Bech Jensen
- Steven Johnson
- Paul Brook
- Feng Wang
- Bud Davis
- Paul Thomas
- François-Xavier Coudert
- Steven G. Kargl
- Jerry Delisle
- Janne Blomqvist
- Erik Edelmann
- Thomas Koenig
- Asher Langton
- Jakub Jelinek
- Roger Sayle
- H.J. Lu
- Richard Henderson
- Richard Sandiford
- Richard Guenther
- Bernhard Fischer

The following people have contributed bug reports, smaller or larger patches, and much needed feedback and encouragement for the GNU Fortran project:

- Erik Schnetter
- Bill Clodius
- Kate Hedstrom

Many other individuals have helped debug, test and improve the GNU Fortran compiler over the past few years, and we welcome you to do the same! If you already have done so, and you would like to see your name listed in the list above, please contact us.

Next: Proposed Extensions, Previous: Contributors, Up: Contributing

### Projects

Help build the test suite
  Solicit more code for donation to the test suite. We can keep code private on request.
Bug hunting/squishing
  Find bugs and write more test cases! Test cases are especially very welcome, because it allows us to concentrate on fixing bugs instead of isolating them.
Smaller projects (“bug” fixes):
  - Allow init exprs to be numbers raised to integer powers.
  - Implement correct rounding.
  - Implement F restrictions on Fortran 95 syntax.
  - See about making Emacs-parsable error messages.

If you wish to work on the runtime libraries, please contact a project maintainer.

Previous: Projects, Up: Contributing

### Proposed Extensions

Here's a list of proposed extensions for the GNU Fortran compiler, in no particular order. Most of these are necessary to be fully compatible with existing Fortran compilers, but they are not part of the official J3 Fortran 95 standard.

#### Compiler extensions:

- User-specified alignment rules for structures.
- Flag to generate `Makefile` info.
- Automatically extend single precision constants to double.
- Compile code that conserves memory by dynamically allocating common and module storage either on stack or heap.
- Compile flag to generate code for array conformance checking (suggest -CC).
- User control of symbol names (underscores, etc).
- Compile setting for maximum size of stack frame size before spilling parts to static or heap.
- Flag to force local variables into static space.
- Flag to force local variables onto stack.
- Flag for maximum errors before ending compile.
- Option to initialize otherwise uninitialized integer and floating point variables.

#### Environment Options

- Pluggable library modules for random numbers, linear algebra. LA should use BLAS calling conventions.
- Environment variables controlling actions on arithmetic exceptions like overflow, underflow, precision loss—Generate NaN, abort, default. action.
- Set precision for fp units that support it (i387).
- Variable for setting fp rounding mode.
- Variable to fill uninitialized variables with a user-defined bit pattern.
- Environment variable controlling filename that is opened for that unit number.
- Environment variable to clear/trash memory being freed.
- Environment variable to control tracing of allocations and frees.
- Environment variable to display allocated memory at normal program end.
- Environment variable for filename for * IO-unit.
- Environment variable for temporary file directory.
- Environment variable forcing standard output to be line buffered (unix).

Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Previous: Contributing, Up: Top

## GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

Version 2, June 1991

         Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
         51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

         Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
         of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

### Preamble

The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software—to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.

When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.

To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.

For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.

We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.

Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.

Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.

The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION

0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The “Program”, below, refers to any such program or work, and a “work based on the Program” means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.) Each licensee is addressed as “you”.

   Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.

1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.

   You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.

2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
   1. You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
   2. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
   3. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)

   These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.

   Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.

   In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.

3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
   1. Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
   2. Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
   3. Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)

   The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.

   If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.

4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.

   If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.

   It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.

   This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.

8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.

   Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and “any later version”, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.

10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
    NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

### Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the “copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

         one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
         Copyright (C) year  name of author

         This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
         it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
         the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
         (at your option) any later version.

         This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
         but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
         MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
         GNU General Public License for more details.

         You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
         along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
         Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

         Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
         Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
         type `show w'.
         This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
         under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands ‘`show w`’ and ‘`show c`’ should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than ‘`show w`’ and ‘`show c`’; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items—whatever suits your program.

You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a “copyright disclaimer” for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:

         Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
         `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.

         signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
         Ty Coon, President of Vice

This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.

Next: Funding, Previous: Copying, Up: Top

## GNU Free Documentation License

Version 1.2, November 2002

         Copyright © 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
         51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

         Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
         of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

0. PREAMBLE

   The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

   This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.

   We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.

1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

   This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.

   A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.

   A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.

   The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.

   The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.

   A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.

   Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ascii without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.

   The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

   A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.

   The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.

2. VERBATIM COPYING

   You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

   You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.

3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

   If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.

   If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.

   If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.

   It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.

4. MODIFICATIONS

   You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

   1. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
   2. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement.
   3. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
   4. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
   5. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.
   6. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
   7. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
   8. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
   9. Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
   10. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
   11. For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
   12. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
   13. Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version.
   14. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
   15. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.

   If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

   You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.

   You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

   The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

   You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.

   The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

   In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.”

6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

   You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

   You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.

7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

   A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

   If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.

8. TRANSLATION

   Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.

   If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.

9. TERMINATION

   You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

    The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

    Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.

### ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:

           Copyright (C)  year  your name.
           Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
           under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
           or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
           with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
           Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
           Free Documentation License''.

If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this:

             with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with
             the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts
             being list.

If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.

Next: Option Index, Previous: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top

## Funding Free Software

If you want to have more free software a few years from now, it makes sense for you to help encourage people to contribute funds for its development. The most effective approach known is to encourage commercial redistributors to donate.

Users of free software systems can boost the pace of development by encouraging for-a-fee distributors to donate part of their selling price to free software developers—the Free Software Foundation, and others.

The way to convince distributors to do this is to demand it and expect it from them. So when you compare distributors, judge them partly by how much they give to free software development. Show distributors they must compete to be the one who gives the most.

To make this approach work, you must insist on numbers that you can compare, such as, “We will donate ten dollars to the Frobnitz project for each disk sold.” Don't be satisfied with a vague promise, such as “A portion of the profits are donated,” since it doesn't give a basis for comparison.

Even a precise fraction “of the profits from this disk” is not very meaningful, since creative accounting and unrelated business decisions can greatly alter what fraction of the sales price counts as profit. If the price you pay is $50, ten percent of the profit is probably less than a dollar; it might be a few cents, or nothing at all.

Some redistributors do development work themselves. This is useful too; but to keep everyone honest, you need to inquire how much they do, and what kind. Some kinds of development make much more long-term difference than others. For example, maintaining a separate version of a program contributes very little; maintaining the standard version of a program for the whole community contributes much. Easy new ports contribute little, since someone else would surely do them; difficult ports such as adding a new CPU to the GNU Compiler Collection contribute more; major new features or packages contribute the most.

By establishing the idea that supporting further development is “the proper thing to do” when distributing free software for a fee, we can assure a steady flow of resources into making more free software.

         Copyright © 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
         Verbatim copying and redistribution of this section is permitted
         without royalty; alteration is not permitted.

Next: Keyword Index, Previous: Funding, Up: Top

## Option Index

`gfortran`'s command line options are indexed here without any initial ‘`-`’ or ‘`--`’. Where an option has both positive and negative forms (such as -foption and -fno-option), relevant entries in the manual are indexed under the most appropriate form; it may sometimes be useful to look up both forms.

- `fall-intrinsics`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fbounds-check`: Code Gen Options
- `fconvert=`conversion: Runtime Options
- `fcray-pointer`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fd-lines-as-code`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fd-lines-as-comments`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fdefault-double-8`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fdefault-integer-8`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fdefault-real-8`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fdollar-ok`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fdump-parse-tree`: Debugging Options
- `ff2c`: Code Gen Options
- `ffixed-line-length-`n: Fortran Dialect Options
- `ffpe-trap=`list: Debugging Options
- `ffree-form`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `ffree-line-length-`n: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fimplicit-none`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fmax-errors-`n: Error and Warning Options
- `fmax-identifier-length=`n: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fmax-stack-var-size`: Code Gen Options
- `fmax-subrecord-length=`length: Runtime Options
- `fno-automatic`: Code Gen Options
- `fno-backslash`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fno-fixed-form`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fno-underscoring`: Code Gen Options
- `fopenmp`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `fpack-derived`: Code Gen Options
- `frange-check`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `frecord-marker=`length: Runtime Options
- `frepack-arrays`: Code Gen Options
- `fsecond-underscore`: Code Gen Options
- `fshort-enums`: Fortran 2003 status
- `fshort-enums`: Code Gen Options
- `fsyntax-only`: Error and Warning Options
- `I` dir: Directory Options
- `J` dir: Directory Options
- `M` dir: Directory Options
- `pedantic`: Error and Warning Options
- `pedantic-errors`: Error and Warning Options
- `std=`std `option`: Fortran Dialect Options
- `Waliasing`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wall`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wampersand`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wcharacter-truncation`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wconversion`: Error and Warning Options
- `Werror`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wimplicit-interface`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wnonstd-intrinsics`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wsurprising`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wtabs`: Error and Warning Options
- `Wunderflow`: Error and Warning Options

Previous: Option Index, Up: Top

## Keyword Index

- $: Fortran Dialect Options
- &: Error and Warning Options
- `[...]`: Fortran 2003 status
- `ABORT`: ABORT
- `ABS`: ABS
- absolute value: ABS
- `ACCESS`: ACCESS
- `ACCESS='STREAM'` I/O: Fortran 2003 status
- `ACHAR`: ACHAR
- `ACOS`: ACOS
- `ACOSH`: ACOSH
- adjust string: ADJUSTR
- adjust string: ADJUSTL
- `ADJUSTL`: ADJUSTL
- `ADJUSTR`: ADJUSTR
- `AIMAG`: AIMAG
- `AINT`: AINT
- `ALARM`: ALARM
- aliasing: Error and Warning Options
- `ALL`: ALL
- all warnings: Error and Warning Options
- `ALLOCATABLE` components of derived types: Fortran 2003 status
- `ALLOCATABLE` dummy arguments: Fortran 2003 status
- `ALLOCATABLE` function results: Fortran 2003 status
- `ALLOCATED`: ALLOCATED
- allocation, moving: MOVE_ALLOC
- allocation, status: ALLOCATED
- `ALOG`: LOG
- `ALOG10`: LOG10
- `AMAX0`: MAX
- `AMAX1`: MAX
- `AMIN0`: MIN
- `AMIN1`: MIN
- `AMOD`: MOD
- `AND`: AND
- `ANINT`: ANINT
- `ANY`: ANY
- area hyperbolic cosine: ACOSH
- area hyperbolic sine: ASINH
- area hyperbolic tangent: ATANH
- arguments, to program: IARGC
- arguments, to program: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT
- arguments, to program: GET_COMMAND
- arguments, to program: GETARG
- arguments, to program: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
- array, add elements: SUM
- array, apply condition: ANY
- array, apply condition: ALL
- array, bounds checking: Code Gen Options
- array, change dimensions: RESHAPE
- array, combine arrays: MERGE
- array, condition testing: ANY
- array, condition testing: ALL
- array, conditionally add elements: SUM
- array, conditionally count elements: COUNT
- array, conditionally multiply elements: PRODUCT
- array, constructors: Fortran 2003 status
- array, count elements: SIZE
- array, duplicate dimensions: SPREAD
- array, duplicate elementes: SPREAD
- array, element counting: COUNT
- array, gather elements: PACK
- array, increase dimension: UNPACK
- array, increase dimension: SPREAD
- array, indices of type real: Real array indices
- array, location of maximum element: MAXLOC
- array, location of minimum element: MINLOC
- array, lower bound: LBOUND
- array, maximum value: MAXVAL
- array, merge arrays: MERGE
- array, minmum value: MINVAL
- array, multiply elements: PRODUCT
- array, number of elements: SIZE
- array, number of elements: COUNT
- array, packing: PACK
- array, permutation: CSHIFT
- array, product: PRODUCT
- array, reduce dimension: PACK
- array, rotate: CSHIFT
- array, scatter elements: UNPACK
- array, shape: SHAPE
- array, shift: EOSHIFT
- array, shift circularly: CSHIFT
- array, size: SIZE
- array, sum: SUM
- array, transmogrify: RESHAPE
- array, transpose: TRANSPOSE
- array, unpacking: UNPACK
- array, upper bound: UBOUND
- ASCII collating sequence: IACHAR
- ASCII collating sequence: ACHAR
- `ASIN`: ASIN
- `ASINH`: ATANH
- `ASINH`: ASINH
- `ASSOCIATED`: ASSOCIATED
- association status: ASSOCIATED
- `ATAN`: ATAN
- `ATAN2`: ATAN2
- Authors: Contributors
- backslash: Fortran Dialect Options
- `BESJ0`: BESJ0
- `BESJ1`: BESJ1
- `BESJN`: BESJN
- Bessel function, first kind: BESJN
- Bessel function, first kind: BESJ1
- Bessel function, first kind: BESJ0
- Bessel function, second kind: BESYN
- Bessel function, second kind: BESY1
- Bessel function, second kind: BESY0
- `BESY0`: BESY0
- `BESY1`: BESY1
- `BESYN`: BESYN
- `BIT_SIZE`: BIT_SIZE
- bits, clear: IBCLR
- bits, extract: IBITS
- bits, get: IBITS
- bits, move: TRANSFER
- bits, move: MVBITS
- bits, negate: NOT
- bits, number of: BIT_SIZE
- bits, set: IBSET
- bits, shift: ISHFT
- bits, shift circular: ISHFTC
- bits, shift left: LSHIFT
- bits, shift right: RSHIFT
- bits, testing: BTEST
- bits, unset: IBCLR
- bitwise logical and: IAND
- bitwise logical and: AND
- bitwise logical exclusive or: XOR
- bitwise logical exclusive or: IEOR
- bitwise logical not: NOT
- bitwise logical or: OR
- bitwise logical or: IOR
- bounds checking: Code Gen Options
- BOZ literal constants: BOZ literal constants
- `BTEST`: BTEST
- `CABS`: ABS
- calling convention: Code Gen Options
- `CCOS`: COS
- `CDABS`: ABS
- `CDCOS`: COS
- `CDEXP`: EXP
- `CDLOG`: LOG
- `CDSIN`: SIN
- `CDSQRT`: SQRT
- ceiling: CEILING
- `CEILING`: CEILING
- ceiling: ANINT
- `CEXP`: EXP
- `CHAR`: CHAR
- character set: Fortran Dialect Options
- `CHDIR`: CHDIR
- checking subscripts: Code Gen Options
- `CHMOD`: CHMOD
- clock ticks: SYSTEM_CLOCK
- clock ticks: MCLOCK8
- clock ticks: MCLOCK
- `CLOG`: LOG
- `CMPLX`: CMPLX
- code generation, conventions: Code Gen Options
- collating sequence, ASCII: IACHAR
- collating sequence, ASCII: ACHAR
- command options: Invoking GNU Fortran
- command-line arguments: IARGC
- command-line arguments: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT
- command-line arguments: GET_COMMAND
- command-line arguments: GETARG
- command-line arguments: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
- command-line arguments, number of: IARGC
- command-line arguments, number of: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
- `COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT`: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
- `COMPLEX`: COMPLEX
- complex conjugate: CONJG
- complex numbers, conversion to: DCMPLX
- complex numbers, conversion to: COMPLEX
- complex numbers, conversion to: CMPLX
- complex numbers, imaginary part: AIMAG
- complex numbers, real part: REAL
- complex numbers, real part: DREAL
- `CONJG`: CONJG
- Contributing: Contributing
- Contributors: Contributors
- conversion: Error and Warning Options
- conversion, to character: CHAR
- conversion, to complex: DCMPLX
- conversion, to complex: COMPLEX
- conversion, to complex: CMPLX
- conversion, to integer: LONG
- conversion, to integer: INT8
- conversion, to integer: INT2
- conversion, to integer: INT
- conversion, to integer: ICHAR
- conversion, to integer: IACHAR
- conversion, to integer: Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values
- conversion, to logical: LOGICAL
- conversion, to logical: Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values
- conversion, to real: SNGL
- conversion, to real: REAL
- conversion, to real: FLOAT
- conversion, to real: DFLOAT
- conversion, to real: DBLE
- conversion, to string: CTIME
- CONVERT specifier: CONVERT specifier
- core, dump: ABORT
- `COS`: COS
- `COSH`: COSH
- cosine: COS
- cosine, hyperbolic: COSH
- cosine, hyperbolic, inverse: ACOSH
- cosine, inverse: ACOS
- `COUNT`: COUNT
- `CPU_TIME`: CPU_TIME
- Credits: Contributors
- `CSHIFT`: CSHIFT
- `CSIN`: SIN
- `CSQRT`: SQRT
- `CTIME`: CTIME
- current date: IDATE
- current date: FDATE
- current date: DATE_AND_TIME
- current time: TIME8
- current time: TIME
- current time: ITIME
- current time: FDATE
- current time: DATE_AND_TIME
- `DABS`: ABS
- `DACOS`: ACOS
- `DACOSH`: ACOSH
- `DASIN`: ASIN
- `DASINH`: ATANH
- `DASINH`: ASINH
- `DATAN`: ATAN
- `DATAN2`: ATAN2
- date, current: IDATE
- date, current: FDATE
- date, current: DATE_AND_TIME
- `DATE_AND_TIME`: DATE_AND_TIME
- `DBESJ0`: BESJ0
- `DBESJ1`: BESJ1
- `DBESJN`: BESJN
- `DBESY0`: BESY0
- `DBESY1`: BESY1
- `DBESYN`: BESYN
- `DBLE`: DBLE
- `DCMPLX`: DCMPLX
- `DCONJG`: CONJG
- `DCOS`: COS
- `DCOSH`: COSH
- `DDIM`: DIM
- debugging information options: Debugging Options
- delayed execution: SLEEP
- delayed execution: ALARM
- `DEXP`: EXP
- `DFLOAT`: DFLOAT
- dialect options: Fortran Dialect Options
- `DIGITS`: DIGITS
- `DIM`: DIM
- `DIMAG`: AIMAG
- `DINT`: AINT
- directive, INCLUDE: Directory Options
- directory, options: Directory Options
- directory, search paths for inclusion: Directory Options
- division, modulo: MODULO
- division, remainder: MOD
- `DLOG`: LOG
- `DLOG10`: LOG10
- `DMAX1`: MAX
- `DMIN1`: MIN
- `DMOD`: MOD
- `DNINT`: ANINT
- dot product: DOT_PRODUCT
- `DOT_PRODUCT`: DOT_PRODUCT
- `DPROD`: DPROD
- `DREAL`: DREAL
- `DSIGN`: SIGN
- `DSIN`: SIN
- `DSINH`: SINH
- `DSQRT`: SQRT
- `DTAN`: TAN
- `DTANH`: TANH
- `DTIME`: DTIME
- elapsed time: SECOND
- elapsed time: SECNDS
- elapsed time: DTIME
- `ENUM` statement: Fortran 2003 status
- `ENUMERATOR` statement: Fortran 2003 status
- environment variable: GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE
- environment variable: GETENV
- environment variable: Runtime
- environment variable: Environment Variables
- `EOSHIFT`: EOSHIFT
- `EPSILON`: EPSILON
- `ERF`: ERF
- `ERFC`: ERFC
- error function: ERF
- error function, complementary: ERFC
- errors, limiting: Error and Warning Options
- escape characters: Fortran Dialect Options
- `ETIME`: ETIME
- `EXIT`: EXIT
- `EXP`: EXP
- `EXPONENT`: EXPONENT
- exponential function: EXP
- exponential function, inverse: LOG10
- exponential function, inverse: LOG
- Extension: Extensions
- `f2c` calling convention: Code Gen Options
- `FDATE`: FDATE
- FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License
- `FGET`: FGET
- `FGETC`: FGETC
- file format, fixed: Fortran Dialect Options
- file format, free: Fortran Dialect Options
- file operation, file number: FNUM
- file operation, flush: FLUSH
- file operation, position: FTELL
- file operation, position: FSEEK
- file operation, read character: FGETC
- file operation, read character: FGET
- file operation, seek: FSEEK
- file operation, write character: FPUTC
- file operation, write character: FPUT
- file system, access mode: ACCESS
- file system, change access mode: CHMOD
- file system, create link: SYMLNK
- file system, create link: LINK
- file system, file creation mask: UMASK
- file system, file status: STAT
- file system, file status: LSTAT
- file system, file status: FSTAT
- file system, hard link: LINK
- file system, remove file: UNLINK
- file system, rename file: RENAME
- file system, soft link: SYMLNK
- `FLOAT`: FLOAT
- floating point, exponent: EXPONENT
- floating point, fraction: FRACTION
- floating point, nearest different: NEAREST
- floating point, relative spacing: SPACING
- floating point, relative spacing: RRSPACING
- floating point, scale: SCALE
- floating point, set exponent: SET_EXPONENT
- floor: FLOOR
- `FLOOR`: FLOOR
- floor: AINT
- `FLUSH`: FLUSH
- `FLUSH` statement: Fortran 2003 status
- `FNUM`: FNUM
- Fortran 77: GNU Fortran and G77
- `FPUT`: FPUT
- `FPUTC`: FPUTC
- `FRACTION`: FRACTION
- `FREE`: FREE
- `FSEEK`: FSEEK
- `FSTAT`: FSTAT
- `FTELL`: FTELL
- `g77`: GNU Fortran and G77
- `g77` calling convention: Code Gen Options
- GCC: GNU Fortran and GCC
- `GERROR`: GERROR
- `GET_COMMAND`: GET_COMMAND
- `GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT`: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT
- `GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE`: GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE
- `GETARG`: GETARG
- `GETCWD`: GETCWD
- `GETENV`: GETENV
- `GETGID`: GETGID
- `GETLOG`: GETLOG
- `GETPID`: GETPID
- `GETUID`: GETUID
- `GMTIME`: GMTIME
- GNU Compiler Collection: GNU Fortran and GCC
- GNU Fortran command options: Invoking GNU Fortran
- Hollerith constants: Hollerith constants support
- `HOSTNM`: HOSTNM
- `HUGE`: HUGE
- hyperbolic arccosine: ACOSH
- hyperbolic arcsine: ASINH
- hyperbolic arctangent: ATANH
- hyperbolic cosine: COSH
- hyperbolic function, cosine: COSH
- hyperbolic function, cosine, inverse: ACOSH
- hyperbolic function, sine: SINH
- hyperbolic function, sine, inverse: ASINH
- hyperbolic function, tangent: TANH
- hyperbolic function, tangent, inverse: ATANH
- hyperbolic sine: SINH
- hyperbolic tangent: TANH
- I/O item lists: I/O item lists
- `IABS`: ABS
- `IACHAR`: IACHAR
- `IAND`: IAND
- `IARGC`: IARGC
- `IBCLR`: IBCLR
- `IBITS`: IBITS
- `IBSET`: IBSET
- `ICHAR`: ICHAR
- `IDATE`: IDATE
- `IDIM`: DIM
- `IDINT`: INT
- `IDNINT`: NINT
- `IEOR`: IEOR
- `IERRNO`: IERRNO
- `IFIX`: INT
- `IMAG`: AIMAG
- `IMAGPART`: AIMAG
- INCLUDE directive: Directory Options
- inclusion, directory search paths for: Directory Options
- `INDEX`: INDEX
- `INT`: INT
- `INT2`: INT2
- `INT8`: INT8
- integer kind: SELECTED_INT_KIND
- intrinsic procedures: Intrinsic Procedures
- Introduction: Top
- `IOMSG=` specifier: Fortran 2003 status
- `IOR`: IOR
- `IRAND`: IRAND
- `ISATTY`: ISATTY
- `ISHFT`: ISHFT
- `ISHFTC`: ISHFTC
- `ISIGN`: SIGN
- `ITIME`: ITIME
- `KILL`: KILL
- kind: KIND
- `KIND`: KIND
- kind, integer: SELECTED_INT_KIND
- kind, old-style: Old-style kind specifications
- kind, real: SELECTED_REAL_KIND
- language, dialect options: Fortran Dialect Options
- `LBOUND`: LBOUND
- `LEN`: LEN
- `LEN_TRIM`: LEN_TRIM
- lexical comparison of strings: LLT
- lexical comparison of strings: LLE
- lexical comparison of strings: LGT
- lexical comparison of strings: LGE
- `LGE`: LGE
- `LGT`: LGT
- libf2c calling convention: Code Gen Options
- limits, largest number: HUGE
- limits, smallest number: TINY
- `LINK`: LINK
- `LLE`: LLE
- `LLT`: LLT
- `LNBLNK`: LNBLNK
- `LOC`: LOC
- location of a variable in memory: LOC
- `LOG`: LOG
- `LOG10`: LOG10
- logarithmic function: LOG10
- logarithmic function: LOG
- logarithmic function, inverse: EXP
- `LOGICAL`: LOGICAL
- logical and, bitwise: IAND
- logical and, bitwise: AND
- logical exclusive or, bitwise: XOR
- logical exclusive or, bitwise: IEOR
- logical not, bitwise: NOT
- logical or, bitwise: OR
- logical or, bitwise: IOR
- login name: GETLOG
- `LONG`: LONG
- `LSHIFT`: LSHIFT
- `LSTAT`: LSTAT
- `LTIME`: LTIME
- `MALLOC`: MALLOC
- `MATMUL`: MATMUL
- matrix multiplication: MATMUL
- matrix, transpose: TRANSPOSE
- `MAX`: MAX
- `MAX0`: MAX
- `MAX1`: MAX
- `MAXEXPONENT`: MAXEXPONENT
- maximum value: MAXVAL
- maximum value: MAX
- `MAXLOC`: MAXLOC
- `MAXVAL`: MAXVAL
- `MCLOCK`: MCLOCK
- `MCLOCK8`: MCLOCK8
- `MERGE`: MERGE
- messages, error: Error and Warning Options
- messages, warning: Error and Warning Options
- `MIN`: MIN
- `MIN0`: MIN
- `MIN1`: MIN
- `MINEXPONENT`: MINEXPONENT
- minimum value: MINVAL
- minimum value: MIN
- `MINLOC`: MINLOC
- `MINVAL`: MINVAL
- `MOD`: MOD
- model representation, base: RADIX
- model representation, epsilon: EPSILON
- model representation, largest number: HUGE
- model representation, maximum exponent: MAXEXPONENT
- model representation, minimum exponent: MINEXPONENT
- model representation, precision: PRECISION
- model representation, radix: RADIX
- model representation, range: RANGE
- model representation, significant digits: DIGITS
- model representation, smallest number: TINY
- module search path: Directory Options
- modulo: MODULO
- `MODULO`: MODULO
- `MOVE_ALLOC`: MOVE_ALLOC
- moving allocation: MOVE_ALLOC
- multiply array elements: PRODUCT
- `MVBITS`: MVBITS
- Namelist: Extensions to namelist
- `NEAREST`: NEAREST
- `NEW_LINE`: NEW_LINE
- newline: NEW_LINE
- `NINT`: NINT
- `NOT`: NOT
- `NULL`: NULL
- OpenMP: OpenMP
- OpenMP: Fortran Dialect Options
- operators, unary: Unary operators
- options, code generation: Code Gen Options
- options, debugging: Debugging Options
- options, dialect: Fortran Dialect Options
- options, directory search: Directory Options
- options, errors: Error and Warning Options
- options, fortran dialect: Fortran Dialect Options
- options, `gfortran` command: Invoking GNU Fortran
- options, negative forms: Invoking GNU Fortran
- options, run-time: Code Gen Options
- options, runtime: Runtime Options
- options, warnings: Error and Warning Options
- `OR`: OR
- output, newline: NEW_LINE
- `PACK`: PACK
- paths, search: Directory Options
- `PERROR`: PERROR
- pointer, cray: MALLOC
- pointer, cray: FREE
- pointer, cray: Cray pointers
- pointer, disassociated: NULL
- pointer, status: NULL
- pointer, status: ASSOCIATED
- positive difference: DIM
- `PRECISION`: PRECISION
- `PRESENT`: PRESENT
- process id: GETPID
- `PRODUCT`: PRODUCT
- product, double-precision: DPROD
- product, matrix: MATMUL
- product, vector: DOT_PRODUCT
- program termination: EXIT
- program termination, with core dump: ABORT
- `RADIX`: RADIX
- `RAN`: RAN
- `RAND`: RAND
- random number generation: RANDOM_NUMBER
- random number generation: RAND
- random number generation: RAN
- random number generation: IRAND
- random number generation, seeding: SRAND
- random number generation, seeding: RANDOM_SEED
- `RANDOM_NUMBER`: RANDOM_NUMBER
- `RANDOM_SEED`: RANDOM_SEED
- `RANGE`: RANGE
- range checking: Code Gen Options
- read character, stream mode: FGETC
- read character, stream mode: FGET
- `REAL`: REAL
- real kind: SELECTED_REAL_KIND
- real number, exponent: EXPONENT
- real number, fraction: FRACTION
- real number, nearest different: NEAREST
- real number, relative spacing: SPACING
- real number, relative spacing: RRSPACING
- real number, scale: SCALE
- real number, set exponent: SET_EXPONENT
- `REALPART`: REAL
- remainder: MOD
- `RENAME`: RENAME
- repacking arrays: Code Gen Options
- `REPEAT`: REPEAT
- `RESHAPE`: RESHAPE
- root: SQRT
- rounding, ceiling: CEILING
- rounding, ceiling: ANINT
- rounding, floor: FLOOR
- rounding, floor: AINT
- rounding, nearest whole number: NINT
- `RRSPACING`: RRSPACING
- `RSHIFT`: RSHIFT
- `SAVE` statement: Code Gen Options
- `SCALE`: SCALE
- `SCAN`: SCAN
- search path: Directory Options
- search paths, for included files: Directory Options
- `SECNDS`: SECNDS
- `SECOND`: SECOND
- seeding a random number generator: SRAND
- seeding a random number generator: RANDOM_SEED
- `SELECTED_INT_KIND`: SELECTED_INT_KIND
- `SELECTED_REAL_KIND`: SELECTED_REAL_KIND
- `SET_EXPONENT`: SET_EXPONENT
- `SHAPE`: SHAPE
- `SHORT`: INT2
- `SIGN`: SIGN
- sign copying: SIGN
- `SIGNAL`: SIGNAL
- `SIN`: SIN
- sine: SIN
- sine, hyperbolic: SINH
- sine, hyperbolic, inverse: ASINH
- sine, inverse: ASIN
- `SINH`: SINH
- `SIZE`: SIZE
- size of a variable, in bits: BIT_SIZE
- `SLEEP`: SLEEP
- `SNGL`: SNGL
- `SPACING`: SPACING
- `SPREAD`: SPREAD
- `SQRT`: SQRT
- square-root: SQRT
- `SRAND`: SRAND
- Standards: Standards
- `STAT`: STAT
- statement, `ENUM`: Fortran 2003 status
- statement, `ENUMERATOR`: Fortran 2003 status
- statement, `FLUSH`: Fortran 2003 status
- statement, `SAVE`: Code Gen Options
- `STREAM` I/O: Fortran 2003 status
- stream mode, read character: FGETC
- stream mode, read character: FGET
- stream mode, write character: FPUTC
- stream mode, write character: FPUT
- string, adjust left: ADJUSTL
- string, adjust right: ADJUSTR
- string, comparison: LLT
- string, comparison: LLE
- string, comparison: LGT
- string, comparison: LGE
- string, concatenate: REPEAT
- string, find missing set: VERIFY
- string, find non-blank character: LNBLNK
- string, find subset: SCAN
- string, find substring: INDEX
- string, length: LEN
- string, length, without trailing whitespace: LEN_TRIM
- string, remove trailing whitespace: TRIM
- string, repeat: REPEAT
- structure packing: Code Gen Options
- subscript checking: Code Gen Options
- substring position: INDEX
- `SUM`: SUM
- sum array elements: SUM
- suppressing warnings: Error and Warning Options
- symbol names: Fortran Dialect Options
- symbol names, transforming: Code Gen Options
- symbol names, underscores: Code Gen Options
- `SYMLNK`: SYMLNK
- syntax checking: Error and Warning Options
- `SYSTEM`: SYSTEM
- system, error handling: PERROR
- system, error handling: IERRNO
- system, error handling: GERROR
- system, group id: GETGID
- system, host name: HOSTNM
- system, login name: GETLOG
- system, process id: GETPID
- system, signal handling: SIGNAL
- system, system call: SYSTEM
- system, terminal: TTYNAM
- system, terminal: ISATTY
- system, user id: GETUID
- system, working directory: GETCWD
- system, working directory: CHDIR
- `SYSTEM_CLOCK`: SYSTEM_CLOCK
- tabulators: Error and Warning Options
- `TAN`: TAN
- tangent: TAN
- tangent, hyperbolic: TANH
- tangent, hyperbolic, inverse: ATANH
- tangent, inverse: ATAN2
- tangent, inverse: ATAN
- `TANH`: TANH
- terminate program: EXIT
- terminate program, with core dump: ABORT
- `TIME`: TIME
- time, clock ticks: SYSTEM_CLOCK
- time, clock ticks: MCLOCK8
- time, clock ticks: MCLOCK
- time, conversion to GMT info: GMTIME
- time, conversion to string: CTIME
- time, converstion to local time info: LTIME
- time, current: TIME8
- time, current: TIME
- time, current: ITIME
- time, current: FDATE
- time, current: DATE_AND_TIME
- time, elapsed: SECOND
- time, elapsed: SECNDS
- time, elapsed: ETIME
- time, elapsed: DTIME
- time, elapsed: CPU_TIME
- `TIME8`: TIME8
- `TINY`: TINY
- TR 15581: Fortran 2003 status
- `TRANSFER`: TRANSFER
- transforming symbol names: Code Gen Options
- transpose: TRANSPOSE
- `TRANSPOSE`: TRANSPOSE
- trigonometric function, cosine: COS
- trigonometric function, cosine, inverse: ACOS
- trigonometric function, sine: SIN
- trigonometric function, sine, inverse: ASIN
- trigonometric function, tangent: TAN
- trigonometric function, tangent, inverse: ATAN2
- trigonometric function, tangent, inverse: ATAN
- `TRIM`: TRIM
- `TTYNAM`: TTYNAM
- type cast: TRANSFER
- `UBOUND`: UBOUND
- `UMASK`: UMASK
- underflow: Error and Warning Options
- underscore: Code Gen Options
- `UNLINK`: UNLINK
- `UNPACK`: UNPACK
- user id: GETUID
- vector product: DOT_PRODUCT
- `VERIFY`: VERIFY
- warnings, aliasing: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, all: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, ampersand: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, character truncation: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, conversion: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, implicit interface: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, non-stdandard intrinsics: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, suppressing: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, suspicious code: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, tabs: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, to errors: Error and Warning Options
- warnings, underflow: Error and Warning Options
- write character, stream mode: FPUTC
- write character, stream mode: FPUT
- `XOR`: XOR
- `ZABS`: ABS
- `ZCOS`: COS
- `ZEXP`: EXP
- `ZLOG`: LOG
- `ZSIN`: SIN
- `ZSQRT`: SQRT